ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (113)
  • Maps
  • 2020-2024  (113)
  • Lower compact magazine  (62)
  • AWI Reading room  (51)
Collection
  • Books  (113)
  • Maps
Language
Years
Year
Branch Library
Reading Room Location
  • 1
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bielefeldt : transcript
    Call number: M 20.92717
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 186 Seiten
    ISBN: 9783837649680
    Series Statement: 10 Minuten Soziologie 4
    Language: English
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Call number: AWI G3-20-94096
    In: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie, Heft 24
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 336 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISSN: 1866-170X
    Series Statement: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie Heft 24
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einführung 2. Wissenschaftlicher Hintergrund 3. Physiogeographische Ausstattung des Varanger-Gebietes (Varanger-Halbinsel und Küstenregion Südvarangers) 3.1. Relief 3.2. Geologisch-tektonische Entwicklung bis zum Quartär 3.3. Festgesteine 3.3.1. Varanger-Halbinsel 3.3.1.1. Tanafjord-Varangerfjord-Region 3.3.1.2. Barentssee-Region 3.3.1.3. Schichtdeformationen und Faltenbildungen 3.3.1.4. Ganggesteine (Intrusivgesteine) 3.3.2. Südvaranger 3.4. Quartärgeologische Entwicklung 3.4.1. Pleistozän 3.4.1.1. Glaziation 3.4.1.2. Deglaziation 3.4.2. Holozän 3.5. Pleistozäne und holozäne Lockersedimente 3.6. Klima 3.7. Permafrostboden 3.8. Vegetation 3.9. Böden 4. Periglaziäre Formen, Ablagerungen und Prozesse 4.1. Blockfelder 4.1.1. Verbreitung 4.1.2. Merkmale 4.1.3. Genese 4.1.4. Altersstellung 4.2. Sturzschutthalden 4.3. Kleinformen der Gesteinsverwitterung und Detritusverlagerung 4.4. Formen des Bodenfließens 4.4.1. Fließerde- und Wanderschuttdecken 4.4.2. Rasenloben und -stufen 4.4.3. Schuttloben und -stufen 4.4.4. Wander- und Bremsblöcke 4.5. Formen der Bodenmusterung 4.5.1. Palsas 4.5.2. Lithalsas 4.5.3. Pounus 4.5.4. Thufur 4.5.5. Mudpits 4.5.6. Fossile Eiskeilpolygone 4.5.7. Strukturböden 4.6. Formen der Nivation und Kryoplanation 4.6.1. Nivationswannen und -nischen 4.6.2. Kryoplanationsterrassen und Kryopedimente 4.7. Formen der Windwirkung 4.7.1. Windschliffe und Polituren 4.7.2. Steinpanzer 4.7.3. Flugsanddecken und Dünen 4.7.4. Rasenkanten und -kliffs 5. Exkursionsvorschläge zur glaziären und periglaziären Landschaftsentwicklung 5.1. Anfahrt und Logistik 5.2. Fahrstrecken und Wanderexkursionen (W) 5.2.1. Route 1: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Nesseby –Vestre Jakobselv – Vadsö (W1: Nattfjelltal) – Skallelv – Komagvaer – Kiberg – Svartnes (W2: Oksevatn-See) – Persfjord – Sandfjord – Hamningberg – Sandfjordtal (W3: Sylteviktal) 5.2.2. Route 2: Tana Bru – Birkestrand (W4: Raudberg) – Höyholmen (W5: Stangenestind) – Leirpollen – Faccabaelcåkka (W6: Hanglefjell) – Gednje – Kongsfjordtal (W7: Bryggarital) – Kongsfjord – Sandfjord (W8: Sandfjordfjell) – Berlevåg – Store Molvik 5.2.3. Route 3: Gednje – Oarduskaidi (W9: Basecaerro-Storklöftfjell) – Raudsandvatna-Seen (W10: Buktkjöl-Höhenzug) – Båtsfjord – Syltefjord 5.2.4. Route 4: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Karlebotn (W11: Bigganjarga) – Grasbakken (W12: Juovlagurguolba) – Gandvik – Brannsletta – Bugöyfjord – Neiden – Näätämö 5.2.5. Route 5: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Karlebotn (W13: Roetkaguolba-Vesterelvvatn-See) 6. Zusammenfassung 7. Schlussfolgerungen und Ausblick 8. Literaturverzeichnis 9. Kartenverzeichnis 9.1. Geologische Karten 9.2. Vegetationsgeographische Karte 9.3. Topographische Karten 10. Luftbildverzeichnis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: M 20.94054
    Description / Table of Contents: A volcanic eruption occurs when a magma-filled fracture propagates from its source to the surface. Analysing and understanding the conditions that allow this to happen constitute a major part of the scientific field of volcanotectonics. This new volume introduces this cutting-edge and interdisciplinary topic in volcanological research, which incorporates principles and methods from structural geology, tectonics, volcano-deformation studies, physical volcanology, seismology, and physics. It explains and illustrates the physical processes that operate inside volcanoes and which control the frequencies, locations, durations, and sizes of volcanic eruptions. Featuring a clear theoretical framework and helpful summary descriptions of various volcanic structures and products, as well as many worked examples and exercises, this book is an ideal resource for students, researchers and practitioners seeking an understanding of the processes that give rise to volcanic deformation, earthquakes, and eruptions.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 586 Seiten , Graphiken
    ISBN: 978-1-107-02495-3
    Language: English
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Toronto : University of Toronto Press
    Call number: AWI G3-21-94408
    Description / Table of Contents: In the Anthropocene, the thawing of frozen earth due to global warming has drawn worldwide attention to permafrost. Contemporary scientists define permafrost as ground that maintains a negative temperature for at least two years. But where did this particular conception of permafrost originate, and what alternatives existed? The Life of Permafrost provides an intellectual history of permafrost, placing the phenomenon squarely in the political, social, and material context of Russian and Soviet science. Pey-Yi Chu shows that understandings of frozen earth were shaped by two key experiences in the Russian Empire and the Soviet Union. On one hand, the colonization and industrialization of Siberia nourished an engineering perspective on frozen earth that viewed the phenomenon as an aggregate physical structure: ground. On the other, a Russian and Soviet tradition of systems thinking encouraged approaching frozen earth as a process, condition, and space tied to planetary exchanges of energy and matter. Aided by the US militarization of the Arctic during the Cold War, the engineering view of frozen earth as an obstacle to construction became dominant. The Life of Permafrost tells the fascinating story of how permafrost came to acquire life as Russian and Soviet scientists studied, named, and defined it.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: viii, 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-4875-0193-8
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Introduction: Historicizing Permafrost Permafrost as a historical object Permafrost in Russian and Soviet history Politics, science, and the environment The life cycle of permafrost Choosing words carefully 1 Mapping The cold of eastern Siberia Birth of a scientific object From Boden-Eis to Eisboden Conclusion 2 Building Colonization and construction Building on frozen earth The soil science of roads The ambiguity of merzlota Conclusion 3 Defining Merzlota as aggregate structure Merzlota as process Personal and institutional politics Vechnaia merzlota in Bolshevik culture Conclusion 4 Adapting From commission to institute Rhetoric of transforming nature Adapting to frozen earth Survival of the systems approach Conclusion 5 Translating Birth of permafrost Criticism and self-criticism From merzlotovedenie to geocryology The dialectic persists Conclusion Epilogue: Resurrecting Acknowledgments Glossary Notes Bibliography Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94416
    Description / Table of Contents: Never before have researchers had the chance to explore the Arctic sea ice as comprehensively as on the international MOSAiC expedition. For an entire year, the research icebreaker Polarstern drifted through the Central Arctic with the sea ice; for an entire year, the men and women of the expedition painstakingly investigated the ice with the aid of cutting-edge technologies. In the ten DriftStories gathered here, they share the challenges they had to overcome, and the discoveries they made in this polar hotspot of climate change: fascinating Arctic research at your fingertips - presented by meereisportal.de.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 106 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-9822680-3-3 , 978-3-9822680-2-6
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Embarking on the voyage of a century Detective work on ice that’s far too thin For a clearer view from space Shaking and quaking Glittering clouds below the ice One hot strip of ice Snow, the great unknown The snowball litmus test The many faces of cold Algae in the Arctic: Apparently, anything is possible A reunion at the outlet of the Arctic Equipment container Imprint / image credits
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York : Macmillan Learning
    Call number: AWI G1-21-94626
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: Getrennte Zählungen , Illustrationen, Karten
    Edition: Eighth edition
    ISBN: 9781319055325 , 9781319325398 , 1319325394
    Former Title: Understanding earth [5th edition]
    Language: English
    Note: Contents About the Authors Preface Chapter 1 The Earth System The Scientific Method Hypothesis and Theory Scientific Models Importance of Scientific Collaboration Geology as a Science Earth's Shape and Surface Peeling the Onion: Discovery of a Layered Earth Earth's Density The Mantle and Core The Crust The Inner Core Chemical Composition of Earth's Major Layers Earth as a System of Interacting Components The Climate System The Plate Tectonic System The Geodynamo Interactions Among Geosystems Support Life An Overview of Geologic Time The Origin of Earth and Its Global Geosystems The Evolution of Life Chapter 2 Plate Tectonics: The Unifying Theory The Discovery of Plate Tectonics Continental Drift Seafloor Spreading The Great Synthesis: 1963-1968 The Plates and Their Boundaries Divergent Boundaries Convergent Boundaries Transform Faults Combinations of Plate Boundaries Rates and History of Plate Movements The Seafloor as a Magnetic Tape Recorder Deep-Sea Drilling Measurements of Plate Movements by Geodesy The Grand Reconstruction Seafloor isochrons Reconstructing the History of Plate Movements The Breakup of Pangaea The Assembly of Pangaea by Continental Drift Implications of the Grand Reconstruction Mantle Convection:The Engine of Plate Tectonics Where Do the Plate-Driving Forces Originate? How Deep Does Plate Recycling Occur? What Is the Nature of Rising Convection Currents? Chapter 3 Earth Materials: Minerals and Rocks What Are Minerals? The Structure of Matter The Structure of Atoms Atomic Number and Atomic Mass Chemical Reactions Chemical Bonds The Formation of Minerals The Atomic Structure of Minerals The Crystallization of Minerals How Do Minerals Form? Classes of Rock-Forming Minerals Silicates Carbonates Oxides Sulfides Sulfates Physical Properties of Minerals Hardness Cleavage Fracture Luster Color Density Crystal Habit What Are Rocks? Properties of Rocks Igneous Rocks Sedimentary Rocks Metamorphic Rocks The Rock Cycle: Interactions Between the Plate Tectonic and Climate Systems Concentrations of Valuable Mineral Resources Hydrothermal Deposits Igneous Deposits Sedimentary Deposits Mineral Evolution Chapter 4 Igneous Rocks: Solids from Melts How Do Igneous Rocks Differ from One Another? Texture Chemical and Mineral Composition How Do Magmas Form? How Do Rocks Melt? The Formation of Magma Chambers Where Do Magmas Form? Magmatic Differentiation Fractional Crystallization: Laboratory and Field Observations Granite from Basalt: Complexities of Magmatic Differentiation Forms of Igneous Intrusions Plutons Sills and Dikes Veins Igneous Processes and Plate Tectonics Spreading Centers as Magma Factories Subduction Zones as Magma Factories Mantle Plumes as Magma Factories Chapter 5 Volcanoes Volcanoes as Geosystems Lavas and Other Volcanic Deposits Types of Lava Textures of Volcanic Rocks Pyroclastic Deposits Eruptive Styles and Landforms Central Eruptions Fissure Eruptions Interactions of Volcanoes with Other Geosystems Volcanism and the Hydrosphere Volcanism and the Atmosphere The Global Pattern of Volcanism Volcanism at Spreading Centers Volcanism in Subduction Zones Intraplate Volcanism: The Mantle Plume Hypothesis 2018 Eruption of Kilauea Volcano, Hawaii Volcanism and Human Affairs Volcanic Hazards Reducing the Risks of Volcanic Hazards Natural Resources from Volcanoes Chapter 6 Sedimentation: Rocks Formed by Surface Processes Surface Processes of the Rock Cycle Weathering and Erosion: The Source of Sediments Transportation and Deposition: The Downhill Journey to Sedimentary Basins Oceans as Chemical Mixing Vats Sedimentary Basins:The Sinks for Sediments Rift Basins and Thermal Subsidence Basins Flexural Basins Sedimentary Environments Continental Sedimentary Environments Shoreline Sedimentary Environments Marine Sedimentary Environments Siliciclastic versus Chemical and Biological Sedimentary Environments Sedimentary Structures Cross-Bedding Graded Bedding Ripples Bioturbation Structures Bedding Sequences Burial and Diagenesis: From Sediment to Rock Burial Diagenesis Classification of SiliciclasticSediments and Sedimentary Rocks Coarse-Grained Siliciclastics: Gravel and Conglomerate Medium-Grained Siliciclastics: Sand and Sandstone Fine-Grained Siliciclastics Classification of Chemical and Biological Sediments and Sedimentary Rocks Carbonate Sediments and Rocks Evaporite Sediments and Rocks: Products of Evaporation Other Biological and Chemical Sediments Chapter 7 Metamorphism: Alteration of Rocks by Temperature and Pressure Causes of Metamorphism The Role of Temperature The Role of Pressure The Role of Fluids Types of Metamorphism Regional Metamorphism Contact Metamorphism Seafloor Metamorphism Other Types of Metamorphism MetamorphicTextures Foliation and Cleavage Foliated Rocks Granoblastic Rocks Porphyroblasts Regional Metamorphism and Metamorphic Grade Mineral Isograds: Mapping Zones of Change Metamorphic Grade and Parent Rock Composition Metamorphic Fades PlateTectonics and Metamorphism Metamorphic Pressure-Temperature Paths Ocean-Continent Convergence Continent-Continent Collision Exhumation: A Link Between the Plate Tectonic and Climate Systems Chapter 8 Deformation: Modification of Rocks by Folding and Fracturing PlateTectonic Forces Mapping Geologic Structure Measuring Strike and Dip Geologic Maps Geologic Cross Sections How Rocks Deform Brittle and Ductile Behavior of Rocks in the Laboratory Brittle and Ductile Behavior of Rocks in Earth's Crust Basic Deformation Structures Faults Folds Circular Structures Joints Deformation Textures Styles of Continental Deformation Tensional Tectonics Compressive Tectonics Shearing Tectonics Unraveling Geologic History Chapter 9 Clocks in Rocks: liming the Geologic Record Reconstructing Geologic History From the Stratigraphic Record Principles of Stratigraphy Fossils as Recorders of Geologic Time Unconformities: Gaps in the Geologic Record Cross-Cutting Relationships The Geologic Time Scale: Relative Ages Intervals of Geologic Time Interval Boundaries Mark Mass Extinctions Ages of Petroleum Source Rocks Measuring Absolute Time with Isotopic Clocks Discovery of Radioactivity Radioactive Isotopes: The Clocks in Rocks Isotopic Dating Methods The Geologic Time Scale: Absolute Ages Eons: The Longest Intervals of Geologic Time Perspectives on Geologic Time Recent Advances in Timing the Earth System Sequence Stratigraphy ,Chemical Stratigraphy Paleomagnetic Stratigraphy Clocking the Climate System Chapter 10 Earthquakes What Is an Earthquake? The Elastic Rebound Theory Fault Rupture During Earthquakes Foreshocks and Aftershocks How Do We Study Earthquakes? Seismographs Seismic Waves Locating the Focus Measuring the Size of an Earthquake Determining Fault Mechanisms GPS Measurements and "Silent" Earthquakes Earthquakes and Patterns of Faulting The Big Picture: Earthquakes and Plate Tectonics Regional Fault Systems Earthquake Hazards and Risks How Earthquakes Cause Damage Reducing Earthquake Risk Can Earthquakes Be Predicted? Long-Term Forecasting Short-Term Prediction Medium-Term Forecasting Chapter 11 Exploring Earth's Interior Exploring Earth's Interior with Seismic Waves Basic Types of Waves Paths of Seismic Waves Through Earth Seismic Exploration of Near-Surface Layering Layering and Composition of Earth's Interior The Crust The Mantle The Core-Mantle Boundary The Core Earth's Internal Temperature Heat Flow Through Earth's Interior Temperatures Inside Earth Visualizing Earth'sThree-Dimensional Structure Seismic Tomography Earth's Gravitational Field Earth's Magnetic Field and the Geodynamo The Dipole Field Complexity of the Magnetic Field Paleomagnetism The Magnetic Field and the Biosphere Chapter 12 The Climate System What Is Climate? Components of the Climate
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Call number: S 03.0041(11)
    In: 2021
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 125 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 9783869488165
    Series Statement: Clausthaler Geowissenschaften 11
    Language: German
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Call number: AWI G2-21-94671
    In: World ocean review, 7
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 336 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783866486973
    Series Statement: World ocean review 7
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort Kapitel 1 Unsere Ozeane – Quelle des Lebens Kapitel Von der Bedeutung und der Endlichkeit der Meere Conclusio: Abschied von der Unendlichkeitsillusion Kapitel 2 Der Ozean im Klimawandel Die fatalen Folgen der Wärme Ein Angriff auf die Artenvielfalt Conclusio: Gradmesser Ozean Kapitel 3 Nahrung aus dem Meer Problemzone Fischerei Wachstumssektor Aquakultur Conclusio: Ein Nahrungslieferant am Limit Kapitel 4 Transporte über das Meer Die Schifffahrt am Scheideweg Conclusio: Eine Schlüsselbranche unter Druck Kapitel 5 Energie und Rohstoffe aus dem Meer Tiefseebergbau: Die Pläne nehmen Gestalt an Energiequelle Meer: Potenzial und Erwartungen Conclusio: Unsere Ozeane: voller Energie Kapitel 6 Die Verschmutzung der Meere Ein Problem gigantischen Ausmaßes Conclusio: Meere voller Müll und Schadstoffe Kapitel 7 Der Wettstreit um die genetische Vielfalt der Meere Wirkstoffe aus dem Meer Conclusio: Der Beginn einer goldenen Ära Kapitel 8 Anspruch und Wirklichkeit des Meeresmanagements Die Rechtsordnung der Ozeane Neue Ansätze des Meeresmanagement Der Ozean: Krisenschauplatz und Teil der Lösung Conclusio: Nachhaltiges Meeresmanagement – eine Herkulesaufgabe Gesamt-Conclusio Glossar Abkürzungen Quellenverzeichnis Mitwirkende Index Partner und Danksagung Abbildungsverzeichnis Impressum
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Call number: AWI P1-20-94200 ; M 23.94200
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Hochgebirge haben eine große Bedeutung für das globale Klima, die Wasserversorgung und die Biosphäre. So ist die besonders starke Ausprägung des Amazonas-Regenwalds den Anden zu verdanken. Sie verhindern den Durchzug der aus dem Atlantik mit viel Luftfeuchtigkeit kommenden Wolken. Dadurch erhält das Amazonas-Gebiet im Jahresdurchschnitt über 2.000 mm Regen, was die Grundlage für die intensive Bewaldung ist. Obwohl die Gebirge global nur ca. 12% der Landfläche bedecken, beherbergen Hochgebirge rund die Hälfte aller Säugetierarten und 74% aller endemischen Vogelarten (ohne Inselarten). 21 der 34 globalen Biodiversitätshotspots befinden sich in Hochgebirgen. In den Gebirgen entstehen aufgrund von höheren Niederschlägen wichtige Wasserressourcen auch für die angrenzenden Tiefländer. Trotz der für den Menschen oft erschwerten Zugänglichkeit sind Hochgebirge und Hoch-Plateaus, besonders in tropischen Regionen, Orte dichter Besiedlung und sogar von Hochkulturen. Die Folgen des Klimawandels sind in den Hochgebirgen besonders deutlich. So war die Erwärmung in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten dort höher als in den Flachländern. Die Gletscher schrumpfen in fast allen Gebirgen, insbesondere in den letzten Jahrzehnten. Auf den jetzt eisfreien Flächen siedeln sich schon nach wenigen Jahren neue Pflanzengemeinschaften an. In den Alpen hat das Eisvolumen seit 1850 schon um mehr als zwei Drittel abgenommen. Das entspricht allein seit 1997 einem Süßwasserverlust von etwa dem 14fachen Volumen des Bodensees. Insgesamt sind die Klimaänderungen in den Gebirgsregionen gravierender als im Flachland. Mit der Zunahme der Starkregen und dem Rückgang des Permafrosts nimmt die Gefahr von Erdrutschen zu, und manche Gletscher wurden instabil. Im Mittel haben sich die Temperaturen im Gebirgspermafrost in einem Jahrzehnt von 2007 bis 2016 um etwa 0,2°C erhöht. Die Schneedeckendauer nahm in den letzten Jahrzehnten kontinuierlich ab; die Herausforderungen für den Wintertourismus werden zusehends größer.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 384 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783982006734
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort Liste der Autoren/Autorinnen und der Gutachter Hochgebirge: Definition, Bedeutung, Veränderungen und Gefahren / (José L. Lozán,Siegmar-W. Breckle, Heidi Escher-Vetter, Hartmut Graßl & Dieter Kasang) 1 Bedeutung der Hochgebirge 1.1 Der Einfluss von Hochgebirgen auf die Zirkulation der Atmosphäre / (Jürgen Böhner & Jörg Bendix) 1.2 Die Entstehung der Hochgebirge / (Martin Meschede) 1.3 Übersicht über die wichtigsten Gebirge der Erde / (José L.Lozán, Siegmar-W. Breckle, Dieter Kasang & Heidi Escher-Vetter) 1.4 Berge und Gebirge im Meer / (Bernd Christiansen) 1.5 Hochgebirge: Wassertürme für eine wachsende Weltbevölkerung / (Carmen de Jong) 1.6 Erdoberflächenprozesse im Hochgebirge – Der Einfluss des Klimawandels / (Lothar Schrott & Jan Blöthe) 1.7 Hochgebirge: Hotspots der Biodiversität / (Severin Irl & Andreas H. Schweiger) 1.8 Hochgebirge als Ressourcenräume für Tiefländer / (Matthias Winiger) 1.9 Bevölkerung und Siedlungsstrukturen im Hochgebirge / (Christoph Stadel & Axel Borsdorf) 1.10 Lokale Anpassungsstrategien für Landnutzung in Hochgebirgen / (Hermann Kreutzmann) 2 Paläoökologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 2.1 Globale Klima- und Gletscherveränderungen im Pleistozän und Holozän / (Heinz Veit & Alexander Groos) 2.2 Welche Umweltinformationen können aus Jahrringen abgeleitet werden? / (Achim Bräuning & Jussi Grießinger) 2.3 Holozäne Klimaänderungen und Waldgrenzschwankungen in den Alpen / (Conradin A. Burga) 2.4 Anthropogene Einflüsse auf die Hochgebirgsumwelt im Holozän: Einblicke aus einer alpinen Bergbaulandschaft / (Kerstin Kowarik & Hans Reschreiter) 3 Veränderungen der Kryosphäre in Hochgebirgen 3.1 Gletscherbeobachtung und globale Trends / (Frank Paul & Martin Hoelzle) 3.2 Die Gletscher Hochasiens im Klimawandel / (Tobias Bolch, Atanu Bhattacharya & Owen King) 3.3 Die Karakorum-Anomalie / (Christoph Mayer, Astrid Lambrecht & Alexander Groos) 3.4 Wenn Gletscher abrutschen / (Andreas Kääb) 3.5 Tropische Gletscher: Ostafrika / (Rainer Prinz & Thomas Mölg) 3.6 Die Gletscher der Anden im Klimawandel / (Thorsten Seehaus) 3.7 Gletscher und Schnee in Hochgebirgen Nordamerikas / (Dieter Kasang & José L. Lozán) 3.8 Gletscherschmelze unter Schuttbedeckung: Verbreitung, Prozesse und Messmethoden / (Pascal Buri, Simone Schauwecker & Jakob Steiner) 3.9 Permafrost in den Alpen – Langzeitbeobachtung und Entwicklung über zwei Jahrzehnte (Jeannette Nötzli) 3.10 Globale Klimaänderung und die Gletscher auf Neuseeland / (Stefan Winkler) 3.11 Einfluss des Klimawandels auf die Schneebedeckung / (Kay Helfricht & Marc Olefs) 4 Hydrologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 4.1 Hochgebirgsgewässer im Wandel / (Heike Zimmermann-Timm, Deep Narayan Shah & Ram Devi Tachamo Shah) 4.2 Einfluss des globalen Wandels auf die Bodenstabilität des alpinen Graslandes / (Christine Alewell, Lauren Zweifel & Katrin Meusburger 4.3 Sozio-Hydrologie des Trans-Himalaya – Schmelzwasserverfügbarkeit und Bewässerungslandwirtschaft / (Marcus Nüsser, Juliane Dame & Susanne Schmidt) 4.4 Hochgebirge und Wasserressourcen in Peru und Kalifornien / (Dieter Kasang) 4.5 Hydrologische Veränderungen in vergletscherten Einzugsgebieten / (Regine Hoch) 5 Biodiversität der Hochgebirge im Klimawandel 5.1 Klimawandel und Vegetationsdynamik im Hochgebirge / (Harald Pauli) 5.2 Phänologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen / (Christian Rixen) 5.3 Klimawandel und Gebirgswälder: Bedrohung der Multifunktionalität? / (Georg Gratzer) 5.4 Alpine Waldgrenzen im Klimawandel – Wie sind die heterogenen Reaktionsmuster zu erklären? / (Udo Schickhoff, Maria Bobrowski & Niels Schwab) 5.5 Vegetation und Klimawandel an der Ostkordillere von Ecuador am Beispiel des Páramo de Papallacta / (M. Daud Rafiqpoor & Siegmar-W. Breckle) 5.6 Auswirkungen des Klimawandels auf das Wachstum von Zwergsträuchern in Hochgebirgen / (Stef Weijers & Jörg Löffler) 5.7 Pflanzen besiedeln neue Lebensräume: Primärsukzession auf Gletschervorfeldern / (Brigitta Erschbamer & Conradin A. Burga) 5.8 Klimawandel und biologische Invasionen im Hochgebirge /(Anna Schertler, Franz Essl & Bernd Lenzner) 5.9 Die Tierwelt der Alpen im Klimawandel / (Peter Huemer, Hermann Sonntag, Friederike Barkmann & André Stadler) 5.10 Ökologische Folgen des Landnutzungswandels in den Alpen / (Erich Tasser & Ulrike Tappeiner) 6 Sozioökonomische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 6.1 Ökonomische Bewertung von Biodiversität und Ökosystemleistungen in den Alpen / (Andreas Bartel & Barbara Färber) 6.2 Der sozioökonomische Strukturwandel in den Alpen / (Oliver Bender & Andreas Haller) 6.3 Klimawandel und Wintersporttourismus: Wahrnehmung und Reaktion der Touristen / (Jürgen Schmude & Maximilian Witting) 6.4 Mensch-Umwelt-Interaktionen im Äthiopischen Hochland / (Simon Strobelt & Michèle von Kocemba) 7 Naturgefahren in Hochgebirgen 7.1 Klimawandel, Morphodynamik und gravitative Massenbewegungen / (Thomas Glade) 7.2 Einfluss der Permafrostdegradation auf Hangstabilität / (Friederike Günzel & Wilfried Haeberli) 7.3 Warnsignal Klima - Die Lawinengefahr im Klimawandel / (Benjamin Reuter, Christoph Mitterer & Sascha Bellaire) 7.4 Gefahren aus vergletscherten Vulkanen: Das Beispiel Nevado del Ruiz / (Simon Allen, Christian Huggel & Frank Paul) 7.5 Bedrohung durch Erdbeben im Himalaya / (Birger-G. Lühr) 7.6 Risiken durch Gletscherseen im Klimawandel / (Holger Frey & Wilfried Haeberli) 7.7 Bergstürze, Seeausbrüche und Muren im Pamir / (Siegmar-W. Breckle & Martin Mergili) 8 Maßnahmen zum Klimaschutz und zur Anpassung 8.1 Klimawandel und Naturschutz im Gebirge: Neue Herausforderungen / (Mario F. Broggi) 8.2 Klimawandel und Anpassungsstrategien im Alpentourismus / (Ulrike Pröbstl-Haider) 8.3 Klimawandel in den Lebenswelten und Handlungslogiken ländlicher Bevölkerung im Hochgebirge: Perspektiven aus dem Callejón de Huaylas, Peru / (Martina Neuburger) 8.4 Hochland-Tiefland Beziehungen in ihrer Bedeutung für eine nachhaltige Entwicklung in Gebirgsräumen / (Paul Messerli, Susanne Wymann von Dach & Thomas Kohler) 9 Sachregister
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Call number: AWI A11-22-94735
    Description / Table of Contents: Over the last decades, the rate of near-surface warming in the Arctic is at least double than elsewhere on our planet (Arctic amplification). However, the relative contribution of different feedback processes to Arctic amplification is a topic of ongoing research, including the role of aerosol and clouds. Lidar systems are well-suited for the investigation of aerosol and optically-thin clouds as they provide vertically-resolved information on fine temporal scales. Global aerosol models fail to converge on the sign of the Arctic aerosol radiative effect (ARE). In the first part of this work, the optical and microphysical properties of Arctic aerosol were characterized at case study level in order to assess the short-wave (SW) ARE. A long-range transport episode was first investigated. Geometrically similar aerosol layers were captured over three locations. Although the aerosol size distribution was different between Fram Strait(bi-modal) and Ny-Ålesund (fine mono-modal), the atmospheric column ARE was similar. The latter was related to the domination of accumulation mode aerosol. Over both locations top of the atmosphere (TOA) warming was accompanied by surface cooling. Subsequently, the sensitivity of ARE was investigated with respect to different aerosol and spring-time ambient conditions. A 10% change in the single-scattering albedo (SSA) induced higher ARE perturbations compared to a 30% change in the aerosol extinction coefficient. With respect to ambient conditions, the ARETOA was more sensitive to solar elevation changes compared to AREsur f ace. Over dark surfaces the ARE profile was exclusively negative, while over bright surfaces a negative to positive shift occurred above the aerosol layers. Consequently, the sign of ARE can be highly sensitive in spring since this season is characterized by transitional surface albedo conditions. As the inversion of the aerosol microphysics is an ill-posed problem, the inferred aerosol size distribution of a low-tropospheric event was compared to the in-situ measured distribution. Both techniques revealed a bi-modal distribution, with good agreement in the total volume concentration. However, in terms of SSA a disagreement was found, with the lidar inversion indicating highly scattering particles and the in-situ measurements pointing to absorbing particles. The discrepancies could stem from assumptions in the inversion (e.g. wavelength-independent refractive index) and errors in the conversion of the in-situ measured light attenuation into absorption. Another source of discrepancy might be related to an incomplete capture of fine particles in the in-situ sensors. The disagreement in the most critical parameter for the Arctic ARE necessitates further exploration in the frame of aerosol closure experiments. Care must be taken in ARE modelling studies, which may use either the in-situ or lidar-derived SSA as input. Reliable characterization of cirrus geometrical and optical properties is necessary for improving their radiative estimates. In this respect, the detection of sub-visible cirrus is of special importance. The total cloud radiative effect (CRE) can be negatively biased, should only the optically-thin and opaque cirrus contributions are considered. To this end, a cirrus retrieval scheme was developed aiming at increased sensitivity to thin clouds. The cirrus detection was based on the wavelet covariance transform (WCT) method, extended by dynamic thresholds. The dynamic WCT exhibited high sensitivity to faint and thin cirrus layers (less than 200 m) that were partly or completely undetected by the existing static method. The optical characterization scheme extended the Klett–Fernald retrieval by an iterative lidar ratio (LR) determination (constrained Klett). The iterative process was constrained by a reference value, which indicated the aerosol concentration beneath the cirrus cloud. Contrary to existing approaches, the aerosol-free assumption was not adopted, but the aerosol conditions were approximated by an initial guess. The inherent uncertainties of the constrained Klett were higher for optically-thinner cirrus, but an overall good agreement was found with two established retrievals. Additionally, existing approaches, which rely on aerosol-free assumptions, presented increased accuracy when the proposed reference value was adopted. The constrained Klett retrieved reliably the optical properties in all cirrus regimes, including upper sub-visible cirrus with COD down to 0.02. Cirrus is the only cloud type capable of inducing TOA cooling or heating at daytime. Over the Arctic, however, the properties and CRE of cirrus are under-explored. In the final part of this work, long-term cirrus geometrical and optical properties were investigated for the first time over an Arctic site (Ny-Ålesund). To this end, the newly developed retrieval scheme was employed. Cirrus layers over Ny-Ålesund seemed to be more absorbing in the visible spectral region compared to lower latitudes and comprise relatively more spherical ice particles. Such meridional differences could be related to discrepancies in absolute humidity and ice nucleation mechanisms. The COD tended to decline for less spherical and smaller ice particles probably due to reduced water vapor deposition on the particle surface. The cirrus optical properties presented weak dependence on ambient temperature and wind conditions. Over the 10 years of the analysis, no clear temporal trend was found and the seasonal cycle was not pronounced. However, winter cirrus appeared under colder conditions and stronger winds. Moreover, they were optically-thicker, less absorbing and consisted of relatively more spherical ice particles. A positive CREnet was primarily revealed for a broad range of representative cloud properties and ambient conditions. Only for high COD (above 10) and over tundra a negative CREnet was estimated, which did not hold true over snow/ice surfaces. Consequently, the COD in combination with the surface albedo seem to play the most critical role in determining the CRE sign over the high European Arctic.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: x, 136 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Motivation: Aerosol and cloud relevance to Arctic amplification 1.2 Theoretical background 1.2.1 Atmospheric aerosol 1.2.2 Aerosol in the Arctic 1.2.3 Cirrus clouds 1.3 Research questions 2 METHODS 2.1 lidar remote sensing techniqu 2.1.1 Elastic and Raman lidar equations 2.1.2 lidar signal corrections 2.1.3 Derivation of particle optical properties and related uncertainties 2.2 Lidar systems 2.2.1 Ground-based system KARL 2.2.2 Air-borne system AMALi 2.2.3 Space-borne system CALIOP 2.3 Ancillary instrumentation 2.3.1 Radiosondes 2.3.2 Sun-photometers 2.3.3 Radiation sensors 2.4 Modeling tools 2.4.1 Air mass backward trajectories 2.4.2 Aerosol microphysics retrieval algorithm 2.4.3 Radiative transfer model SCIATRAN 2.4.4 Multiple-scattering correction model 2.4.5 Simplified cloud radiative effect model 3 ARCTIC AEROSOL PROPERTIES AND RADIATIVE EFFECT (CASE STUDIES) 3.1 Aerosol in the upper troposphere (Spring) 3.1.1 Overview of aerosol observations and air mass origin 3.1.2 Modification of aerosol optical and microphysical properties 3.1.3 Aerosol radiative effect (ARE) 3.2 Sensitivities of the spring-time Arctic ARE 3.2.1 Sensitivity on aerosol related parameters 3.2.2 Sensitivity on ambient conditions 3.3 Aerosol in the lower troposphere (Winter) 3.3.1 Overview of remote sensing and in-situ measurements 3.3.2 Aerosol properties from the remote sensing perspective: KARL and CALIOP 3.3.3 Aerosol microphysical properties from in-situ and remote sensing perspectives 3.4 Discussion and Conclusions 4 DEVELOPMENT OF A CIRRUS CLOUD RETRIEVAL SCHEME 4.1 Fine-scale cirrus cloud detection 4.1.1 Selection of cirrus clouds 4.1.2 Wavelet Covariance Transform method 4.1.3 Revised detection method: Dynamic Wavelet Covariance Transform 4.2 Comparison of dynamic and static cirrus detection 4.3 Cirrus cloud optical retrievals 4.3.1 Existing cirrus optical retrievals: double-ended Klett and Raman 4.3.2 Temporal averaging within stationary periods 4.3.3 Revised optical retrieval: constrained Klett method 4.4 Comparison to established optical retrievals 4.5 How uncertainties in cirrus detection affect the optical retrievals? 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Limitations of cirrus retrieval schemes 4.6.2 Strengths of the revised retrieval scheme 4.7 Conclusions 5 LONG-TERM ANALYSIS OF ARCTIC CIRRUS CLOUD PROPERTIES 5.1 Overview of cirrus occurrence and meteorological conditions over Ny-Ålesund 5.2 Quality assurance of optical properties 5.2.1 Specular reflection effect 5.2.2 Investigation of extreme cirrus lidar ratio values 5.2.3 Multiple-scattering correction 5.3 Overview of cirrus optical properties over Ny-Ålesund 5.4 Inter-relations of cirrus properties 5.5 Dependence on meteorological conditions 5.5.1 Cirrus clouds in the tropopause 5.6 CRE estimation at TOA: sensitivity analysis 5.7 Conclusions 6 CONCLUSIONS AND OUTLOOK A CIRRUS DETECTION SENSITIVITIES a.1 Wavelet Covariance Transform - dilation sensitivity a.2 Wavelet Covariance Transform - wavelength dependency B CIRRUS OPTICAL CHARACTERIZATION SENSITIVITIES b.1 Reference value accuracy and limitations b.2 Inherent uncertainties of constrained Klett C MULTIPLE-SCATTERING CORRECTION FOR CIRRUS CLOUDS D SEASONAL CIRRUS PROPERTIES: DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS BIBLIOGRAPHY
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94775
    Description / Table of Contents: В монографии приводятся сведения о составе локальной флоры окрестностей Международной биологической станции 〈〈Лена-Норденшельд», расположенной на территории Усть-Ленского заповедника, относящейся к числу естественных, мало измененных под влиянием человека объектов (98,5 % ее состава представлено аборигенной фракцией, 3 вида - адвентивный компонент, 5 видов - интродуценты), что обеспечивается природоохранными мероприятиями и представляется очень важным для понимания естественных процессов трансформации природы. В ходе обследования данной местности выявлено 266 таксонов сосудистых растений видового и внутривидового ранга. Приводится иллюстрированный фотографиями растений список видов с указанием частоты встречаемости, распределения по высотным поясам растительности и фитоценотической приуроченности. Исследованная локальная флора дополняет и входит в систему региональных флор Хараулахской подпровинции Восточно-Сибирской провинции Арктической флористической области, которая нуждается в дальнейшем изучении. Книга рассчитана на специалистов природоохранной сферы деятельности, учителей биологии, натуралистов-любителей.
    Description / Table of Contents: Data about composition of the local flora of the International Biological Station "Lena- Nordenskjöld" vicinities is presented. The station is situated in the Lena River delta, within the territory of the Ust-Lensky Nature Reserve. 266 taxons (255 species, and 9 subspecies, 1 variety, 1 hybrid species) of vascular plants from 109 genera and 42 families were found. The checklist is illustrated with photographs of the plants species and contains information about species frequency and their distribution along altitudinal belts and in various plant communities. The local flora of the International Biological Station is natural and slightly disturbed Ьу men: 98,5 % of its composition are native species, and only 3 species are adventive. Аll the species found there can bе classified in 6 altitudinal groups. 224 species belong to the valley vegetation complex, 161 species grow in the tundra belt, 28 species refer to the epilithic lichen communities belt. The flora belongs to the Кharaulakh subprovince ofthe East-Siberian province ofthe Arctic floristic region, which boundaries need to bе detected. The book is intended for specialists of environmental activities, biology teachers, naturalists and enthusiasts.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 115, [1] Seiten , Illustrationen , 25 cm
    Edition: 2-e izdanie, stereotipnoe
    ISBN: 978-5-02-041465-5
    Series Statement: Serija "Ust'-Lenskij Gosudarstvennyj prirodnyj zapovednik: biologičeskoe raznoobrazie" = Series "State nature reserve Ust-Lensky: biological diversity"
    Language: Russian
    Note: ОГЛАВЛЕНИЕ ВВЕДЕНИЕ 1. ГОСУДАРСТВЕННЫЙ ПРИРОДНЫЙ ЗАПОВЕДНИК «УСТЬ-ЛЕНСКИЙ)): СТРУКТУРА И ФИЗИКО-ГЕОГРАФИЧЕСКИЕ УСЛОВИЯ 2. КОНСПЕКТ ФЛОРЫ ОКРЕСТНОСТЕЙ МБС "ЛЕНА-НОРДЕНШЕЛЬД" З. РЕЗУЛЬТАТЫ ИССЛЕДОВАНИЙ ФЛОРЫ И ИХ ОБСУЖДЕНИЕ 4. СЕРГЕЙ ВЛАДИМИРОВИЧ ЛАРИОНОВ (1957-1995) БИБЛИОГРАФИЧЕСКИЙ СПИСОК , TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION 1. STATE NATURE RESERVE "UST-LENSKY": STRUCTURE AND PHYSICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL CONDITIONS 2. ABSTRACT OF THE FLORA OF THE SURROUNDINGS OF MBS "LENA-NORDENSHELD" 3. RESULTS OF STUDIES OF FLORA AND THEIR DISCUSSION 4. SERGEY VLADIMIROVICH LARIONOV (1957-1995) REFERENCES
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94840
    Description / Table of Contents: Vegetation change at high latitudes is one of the central issues nowadays with respect to ongoing climate changes and triggered potential feedback. At high latitude ecosystems, the expected changes include boreal treeline advance, compositional, phenological, physiological (plants), biomass (phytomass) and productivity changes. However, the rate and the extent of the changes under climate change are yet poorly understood and projections are necessary for effective adaptive strategies and forehanded minimisation of the possible negative feedbacks. The vegetation itself and environmental conditions, which are playing a great role in its development and distribution are diverse throughout the Subarctic to the Arctic. Among the least investigated areas is central Chukotka in North-Eastern Siberia, Russia. Chukotka has mountainous terrain and a wide variety of vegetation types on the gradient from treeless tundra to northern taiga forests. The treeline there in contrast to subarctic North America and north-western and central Siberia is represented by a deciduous conifer, Larix cajanderi Mayr. The vegetation varies from prostrate lichen Dryas octopetala L. tundra to open graminoid (hummock and non-hummock) tundra to tall Pinus pumila (Pall.) Regel shrublands to sparse and dense larch forests. Hence, this thesis presents investigations on recent compositional and above-ground biomass (AGB) changes, as well as potential future changes in AGB in central Chukotka. The aim is to assess how tundra-taiga vegetation develops under changing climate conditions particularly in Fareast Russia, central Chukotka. Therefore, three main research questions were considered: 1) What changes in vegetation composition have recently occurred in central Chukotka? 2) How have the above-ground biomass AGB rates and distribution changed in central Chukotka? 3) What are the spatial dynamics and rates of tree AGB change in the upcoming millennia in the northern tundra-taiga of central Chukotka? Remote sensing provides information on the spatial and temporal variability of vegetation. I used Landsat satellite data together with field data (foliage projective cover and AGB) from two expeditions in 2016 and 2018 to Chukotka to upscale vegetation types and AGB for the study area. More specifically, I used Landsat spectral indices (Normalised Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI), Normalised Difference Water Index (NDWI) and Normalised Difference Snow Index (NDSI)) and constrained ordination (Redundancy analysis, RDA) for further k-means-based land-cover classification and general additive model (GAM)-based AGB maps for 2000/2001/2002 and 2016/2017. I also used Tandem-X DEM data for a topographical correction of the Landsat satellite data and to derive slope, aspect, and Topographical Wetness Index (TWI) data for forecasting AGB. Firstly, in 2016, taxa-specific projective cover data were collected during a Russian-German expedition. I processed the field data and coupled them with Landsat spectral Indices in the RDA model that was used for k-means classification. I could establish four meaningful land-cover classes: (1) larch closed-canopy forest, (2) forest tundra and shrub tundra, (3) graminoid tundra and (4) prostrate herb tundra and barren areas, and accordingly, I produced the land cover maps for 2000/2001/2002 and 2016/20017. Changes in land-cover classes between the beginning of the century (2000/2001/2002) and the present time (2016/2017) were estimated and interpreted as recent compositional changes in central Chukotka. The transition from graminoid tundra to forest tundra and shrub tundra was interpreted as shrubification and amounts to a 20% area increase in the tundra-taiga zone and 40% area increase in the northern taiga. Major contributors of shrubification are alder, dwarf birch and some species of the heather family. Land-cover change from the forest tundra and shrub tundra class to the larch closed-canopy forest class is interpreted as tree infilling and is notable in the northern taiga. We find almost no land-cover changes in the present treeless tundra. Secondly, total AGB state and change were investigated for the same areas. In addition to the total vegetation AGB, I provided estimations for the different taxa present at the field sites. As an outcome, AGB in the study region of central Chukotka ranged from 0 kg m-2 at barren areas to 16 kg m-2 in closed-canopy forests with the larch trees contributing the highest. A comparison of changes in AGB within the investigated period from 2000 to 2016 shows that the greatest changes (up to 1.25 kg m 2 yr 1) occurred in the northern taiga and in areas where land cover changed to larch closed-canopy forest. Our estimations indicate a general increase in total AGB throughout the investigated tundra-taiga and northern taiga, whereas the tundra showed no evidence of change in AGB within the 15 years from 2002 to 2017. In the third manuscript, potential future AGB changes were estimated based on the results of simulations of the individual-based spatially explicit vegetation model LAVESI using different climate scenarios, depending on Representative Concentration Pathways (RCPs) RCP 2.6, RCP 4.5 and RCP 8.5 with or without cooling after 2300 CE. LAVESI-based AGB was simulated for the current state until 3000 CE for the northern tundra-taiga study area for larch species because we expect the most notable changes to occur will be associated with forest expansion in the treeline ecotone. The spatial distribution and current state of tree AGB was validated against AGB field data, AGB extracted from Landsat satellite data and a high spatial resolution image with distinctive trees visible. The simulation results are indicating differences in tree AGB dynamics plot wise, depending on the distance to the current treeline. The simulated tree AGB dynamics are in concordance with fundamental ecological (emigrational and successional) processes: tree stand formation in simulated results starts with seed dispersion, tree stand establishment, tree stand densification and episodic thinning. Our results suggest mostly densification of existing tree stands in the study region within the current century in the study region and a lagged forest expansion (up to 39% of total area in the RCP 8.5) under all considered climate scenarios without cooling in different local areas depending on the closeness to the current treeline. In scenarios with cooling air temperature after 2300 CE, forests stopped expanding at 2300 CE (up to 10%, RCP 8.5) and then gradually retreated to their pre-21st century position. The average tree AGB rates of increase are the strongest in the first 300 years of the 21st century. The rates depend on the RCP scenario, where the highest are as expected under RCP 8.5. Overall, this interdisciplinary thesis shows a successful integration of field data, satellite data and modelling for tracking recent and predicting future vegetation changes in mountainous subarctic regions. The obtained results are unique for the focus area in central Chukotka and overall, for mountainous high latitude ecosystems.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 149 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Potsdam, Universität Potsdam, 2022 , Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Contents Abbreviations Motivation 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific background 1.2 Study region 1.3 Aims and objectives 2 Materials and methods 3.1 Section 4 - Strong shrub expansion in tundra-taiga, tree infilling in taiga and stable tundra in central Chukotka (north-eastern Siberia) between 2000 and 2017 3.2 Section 5 - Recent above-ground biomass changes in central Chukotka (NE Siberia) combining field-sampling and remote sensing 3.3 Section 6 - Future spatially explicit tree above-ground biomass trajectories revealed for a mountainous treeline ecotone using the individual-based model LAVESI 4 Strong shrub expansion in tundra-taiga, tree infilling in taiga and stable tundra in central Chukotka (north-eastern Siberia) between 2000 and 2017 Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Field data collection and processing 2.2 Landsat data, pre-processing and spectral indices processing 2.3 Redundancy analysis (RDA) and classification approaches 3 Results 3.1 General characteristics of the vegetation field data 3.2 Relating field data to Landsat spectral indices in the RDA model 3.3 Land-cover classification 3.4 Land-cover change between 2000 and 2017 4 Discussion 4.1 Dataset limitations and optimisation 4.2 Vegetation changes from 2000/2001/2002 to 2016/2017 Conclusions Acknowledgements Data availability statement References Appendix A. Detailed description of Landsat acquisitions Appendix B. MODIS NDVI time series from 2000 to 2018 Appendix C. Landsat Indices values for each analysed vegetation site Appendix D. Fuzzy c-means classification for interpretation of uncertainties for land-cover mapping Appendix E. Validation of land-cover maps Appendix F. K-means classification results Appendix G. Heterogeneity of natural landscapes and mixed pixels of satellite data Appendix H. Distribution of land-cover classes and their changes by study area 5 Recent above-ground biomass changes in central Chukotka (NE Siberia) combining field-sampling and remote sensing Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Study region and field surveys 2.2 Above-ground biomass upscaling and change derivation 3 Results 3.1 Vegetation composition and above-ground biomass 3.2 Upscaling above-ground biomass using GAM 3.3 Change of above-ground biomass between 2000 and 2017 in the four focus areas 4 Discussion 4.1 Recent state of above-ground biomass at the field sites 4.2 Recent state of above-ground biomass upscaled for central Chukotka 4.3 Change in above-ground biomass within the investigated 15–16 years in central Chukotka 5 Conclusions Data availability statement Author contributions Competing interests Acknowledgements References Appendix A. Sampling and above-ground biomass (AGB) calculation protocol for field data 6 Future spatially explicit tree above-ground biomass trajectories revealed for a mountainous treeline ecotone using the individual-based model LAVESI Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Study region 2.2 LAVESI model setup, parameterisation, and validation 2.2.4 LAVESI simulation setup for this study 2.2.5 Validation of the model’s performance 3 Results 3.1 Dynamics and spatial distribution changes of tree above-ground-biomass 3.2 Spatial and temporal validation of the contemporary larch AGB 4 Discussion 4.1 Future dynamics of tree AGB at a plot level 4.2 What are the future dynamics of tree AGB at the landscape level? 5 Conclusions Data availability Acknowledgements References Appendix B. Permutation tests for tree presence versus topographical parameters Appendix C. Landsat-based, field, and simulated estimations of larch above-ground biomass (AGB). 7 Synthesis 7.1 What changes in vegetation composition have happened from 2000 to 2017 in central Chukotka? 7.2 How have the above-ground biomass (AGB) distribution and rates changed from 2000 to 2017 in central Chukotka? 7.3 What are the spatial dynamics and rates of tree AGB change in the upcoming centuries in the northern tundra-taiga from 2020 to 3000 CE on the plot level and landscape level? References Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Call number: S 99.0139(356)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Vermessungswesen der Universität Hannover
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: x, 111 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Vermessungswesen der Universität Hannover Nr. 356
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz Universität Hannover, 2020 , Abstract Zusammenfassung Acknowledgments Definition, Acronyms and Symbols 1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Person Re-Identification 1.3 Problem statement and research objective 1.4 Contribution 1.5 Outline of this thesis 2 Related work 2.1 Scope 2.2 Historical overview 2.3 Terminology and strategies 2.4 Handcrafted feature extraction methods 2.5 Data-driven feature extraction methods 2.6 Person view specific methods 2.7 Re-Ranking based methods 2.8 Domain adaptation methods 2.9 Discussion 3 Fundamentals 3.1 Fisheye camera geometry and projection model 3.2 Feature extraction 3.2.1 GOG/XQDA - a handcrafted feature extraction method 3.2.2 TriNet and SRNN - two data-driven feature extraction methods .... 4 A new approach for person re-identification 4.1 General overview 4.2 Input and assumptions 4.3 Projection alignment 4.4 View classification and sampling 4.5 Per-view matching 4.6 Fusion 4.7 Discussion of the approach 5 Experimental evaluation 5.1 General structure of this chapter 5.2 Multi-view investigations 5.2.1 Datasets 5.2.2 Training and inference procedure 5.2.3 Evaluation and discussion 5.3 Bird's eye view investigations 5.3.1 Datasets 5.3.2 Training and inference procedure 5.3.3 Evaluation and discussion 5.4 Influence of data 5.4.1 Datasets 5.4.2 Training and inference procedure 5.4.3 Evaluation and discussion 5.5 Fisheye investigations 5.5.1 Datasets 5.5.2 Training procedure 5.5.3 Projection alignment 5.5.4 Person view classification 5.5.5 Assessment of PRID results 5.5.6 Comparison with a contemporary approach 5.5.7 Qualitative comparison 6 Conclusions and future work A Datasets A.l Our novel datasets A.2 Public datasets References , Sprache der Zusammenfassungen: Englisch, Deutsch
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Call number: S 00.0063(96)
    In: Schriftenreihe der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Geowissenschaften
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 238 Seiten , Illustrationen , 30 cm, 740 g
    ISBN: 9783510492480 , 351049248X
    Series Statement: Schriftenreihe der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Geowissenschaften Heft 96
    Language: German
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Call number: AWI G3-23-95073
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is changing rapidly and permafrost is thawing. Especially ice-rich permafrost, such as the late Pleistocene Yedoma, is vulnerable to rapid and deep thaw processes such as surface subsidence after the melting of ground ice. Due to permafrost thaw, the permafrost carbon pool is becoming increasingly accessible to microbes, leading to increased greenhouse gas emissions, which enhances the climate warming. The assessment of the molecular structure and biodegradability of permafrost organic matter (OM) is highly needed. My research revolves around the question “how does permafrost thaw affect its OM storage?” More specifically, I assessed (1) how molecular biomarkers can be applied to characterize permafrost OM, (2) greenhouse gas production rates from thawing permafrost, and (3) the quality of OM of frozen and (previously) thawed sediments. I studied deep (max. 55 m) Yedoma and thawed Yedoma permafrost sediments from Yakutia (Sakha Republic). I analyzed sediment cores taken below thermokarst lakes on the Bykovsky Peninsula (southeast of the Lena Delta) and in the Yukechi Alas (Central Yakutia), and headwall samples from the permafrost cliff Sobo-Sise (Lena Delta) and the retrogressive thaw slump Batagay (Yana Uplands). I measured biomarker concentrations of all sediment samples. Furthermore, I carried out incubation experiments to quantify greenhouse gas production in thawing permafrost. I showed that the biomarker proxies are useful to assess the source of the OM and to distinguish between OM derived from terrestrial higher plants, aquatic plants and microbial activity. In addition, I showed that some proxies help to assess the degree of degradation of permafrost OM, especially when combined with sedimentological data in a multi-proxy approach. The OM of Yedoma is generally better preserved than that of thawed Yedoma sediments. The greenhouse gas production was highest in the permafrost sediments that thawed for the first time, meaning that the frozen Yedoma sediments contained most labile OM. Furthermore, I showed that the methanogenic communities had established in the recently thawed sediments, but not yet in the still-frozen sediments. My research provided the first molecular biomarker distributions and organic carbon turnover data as well as insights in the state and processes in deep frozen and thawed Yedoma sediments. These findings show the relevance of studying OM in deep permafrost sediments.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxiii, 178 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Samenvatting Acknowledgements List of Figures List of Tables List of Abbreviations 1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Aims and research questions 1.3 Scientific background 1.3.1 The Arctic in a changing climate 1.3.2 Northern Hemisphere permafrost region 1.3.3 Permafrost degradation 1.3.3.1 Thermokarst development 1.3.3.2 Retrogressive thaw slumps 1.3.4 Organic matter in permafrost deposits 1.4 Material and methods 1.4.1 Study sites 1.4.2 Main laboratory methods 1.5 Thesis structure 1.6 Overview of publications 1.6.1 Publication “n-Alkane Characteristics of Thawed Permafrost Deposits Below a Thermokarst Lake on Bykovsky Peninsula, Northeastern Siberia” 1.6.2 Publication “Greenhouse gas production and lipid biomarker distribution in Yedoma and Alas thermokarst lake sediments in Eastern Siberia” 1.6.3 Publication “Organic matter characteristics of a rapidly eroding permafrost cliff in NE Siberia (Lena Delta, Laptev Sea region)” 1.6.4 Publication “Molecular biomarkers in Batagay megaslump permafrost deposits reveal clear differences in organic matter preservation between glacial and interglacial periods” 1.6.5 Contributions to complementary research 2 Bykovsky Peninsula 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study area 2.4 Material and methods 2.4.1 Field work 2.4.2 Laboratory analyses 2.4.2.1 Biomarker analysis 2.4.2.2 Biomarker indices 2.5 Results 2.5.1 Bulk sediment 2.5.1.1 Long core PG2412 2.5.1.2 Short core PG2420 2.5.2 Hydrochemistry 2.5.3 n-Alkane distributions 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 Depositional history at the study site 2.6.1.1 Unit I - Early Weichselian fluvial sedimentation 2.6.1.2 Unit II – Yedoma deposition in wetland landscapes dominated by low-centered polygons 2.6.1.3 Unit III/Unit A – Yedoma deposition under cold-dry conditions during the Late Weichselian 2.6.1.4 Unit IV/Unit B – Holocene thermokarst lake formation and lacustrine sedimentation 2.6.2 Organic matter degradation 2.7 Conclusion 2.8 Acknowledgements 3 Yukechi Alas 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods and materials 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Field work 3.3.3 Laboratory analyses 3.3.3.1 Organic carbon content 3.3.3.2 Lipid biomarkers 3.3.4 Incubations 3.3.5 Statistical analysis 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Organic matter characteristics 3.4.1.1 Alas lake sediment core YU-L7 3.4.1.2 Yedoma lake sediment core YU-L15 3.4.2 Greenhouse gas production 3.4.2.1 Alas lake sediment core YU-L7 3.4.2.2 Yedoma lake sediment core YU-L15 3.4.2.3 Carbon mineralization 3.4.3 Statistical correlation and regression 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Organic matter degradation potential 3.5.1.1 Organic carbon quantity 3.5.1.2 Organic matter preservation and talik formation 3.5.1.3 Presence of methanogenic communities 3.5.2 Greenhouse gas production 3.5.2.1 Carbon dioxide production 3.5.2.2 Methane production 3.5.3 GHG links with other parameters and outlook 3.6 Conclusion 3.7 Acknowledgements 4 Sobo-Sise cliff 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study area 4.4 Methods 4.4.1 Fieldwork 4.4.2 Sedimentological organic matter parameters 4.4.3 Lipid biomarkers 4.4.3.1 Extraction and fraction separation 4.4.3.2 GC-MS measurements and compound quantification 4.4.4 Biomarker indices 4.4.4.1 Average Chain Length 4.4.4.2 Carbon Preference Index 4.4.4.3 Higher Plant Fatty Acids 4.4.5 Data analysis 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Sedimentological organic matter parameters 4.5.2 Biomarkers 4.5.2.1 n-Alkanes 4.5.2.2 Fatty acids 4.5.3 Clustering 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Terrestrial depositional environment 4.6.1.1 Organic matter source 4.6.1.2 Organic matter quality 4.6.2 Implications and outlook 4.7 Conclusion 4.8 Acknowledgements 5 Batagay thaw slump 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Study site 5.4 Methods 5.4.1 Sample collection 5.4.2 Laboratory analyses 5.5 Results 5.5.1 Detected biomolecules 5.5.2 Lower Ice Complex 5.5.3 Lower Sand Unit 5.5.4 Woody Layer 5.5.5 Upper Ice Complex - Yedoma 5.5.6 Holocene Cover 5.6 Discussion 5.6.1 Biogeochemical legacy of glacial periods 5.6.2 Biogeochemical legacy of interglacial periods 5.6.3 Modern organic matter mobilization in the Batagay megaslump 5.7 Conclusion 5.8 Acknowledgements 6 Synthesis 6.1 Lipid biomarkers to characterize permafrost organic matter 6.1.1 Organic matter source 6.1.2 Organic matter quality 6.2 Mobilization of organic matter in thawing permafrost 6.2.1 Methane production vs. emission 6.2.2 Using the data in models 6.2.3 Transport of OM into aquatic systems 6.3 Recommendations for future research References Appendix A Supporting information for Chapter 2 Appendix B Supporting information for Chapter 3 Appendix C Supporting information for Chapter 4 Appendix D Supporting information for Chapter 5
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Call number: S 99.0139(355)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 355
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 210 Seiten , Diagramme
    ISBN: 978-3-7696-5264-2 , 9783769652642
    ISSN: 0065-5325
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 355
    Language: German
    Note: Dissertation, Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz Universität Hannover, 2019 , Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung 1.1 Motivation und Zielsetzung 1.2 Gliederung 2 Mathematische Grundlagen 2.1 Freiform-Kurven 2.1.1 PolynomialeFunktionen 2.1.2 Splines 2.1.3 Stellgrößen 2.2 Schätztheorie 2.2.1 Methode der kleinsten Quadrate 2.2.2 M-Schätzung 2.2.3 Verschiedene (robuste) M-Schätzer 2.2.4 Lösungsalgorithmus für die M-Schätzung 3 Modellierung und Schätzung von B-Spline-Kurven 3.1 Modellwahl 3.1.1 Informationskriterien 3.1.2 Hypothesentests 3.1.3 Structural Risk Minimization 3.1.4 Zusammenfassung Modellwahl 3.2 Parametrisierung 3.2.1 Deterministische Methoden 3.2.2 Iterative Methoden 3.2.3 Zusammenfassung Parametrisierung 3.3 Knotenvektorwahl 3.3.1 Deterministische Methoden 3.3.2 Heuristische Methoden 3.3.3 Zusammenfassung Knotenvektorwahl 3.4 KontrollpunktSchätzung 3.4.1 Reine Kontrollpunktschätzung 3.4.2 Erweiterte Kontrollpunktschätzung 3.4.3 Zusammenfassung Kontrollpunktschätzung 4 Methodische Innovation Knotenvektorwahl 4.1 Residuenbasierter Iterativer Update (RIU) Algorithmus 4.1.1 Methodik. 4.2 Evolutionäre Monte-Carlo (EMC) Methode 4.2.1 Methodik 4.2.2 Parameterwahl 4.3 Elitärer genetischer Algorithmus 4.3.1 Methodik 4.3.2 Modifikationen 4.3.3 Parameterwähl 5 Numerische Beurteilung und Validierung der Knotenvektorwahl 5.1 Simulation 5.1.1 Ablauf der Simulation 5.1.2 Testdatensätze 5.1.3 Rauschmodell 5.2 Konvergenzverhalten der verschiedenen Modifikationen beim EGA 5.3 Präzision und Richtigkeit der verschiedenen Methoden zur Knotenvektorwahl 5.3.1 Ergebnisse 5.3.2 Zusammenfassung 5.4 Sensitivitätsanalyse der Kontrollpunktschätzung 5.4.1 Ergebnisse 5.4.2 Zusammenfassung 5.5 Abweichende Modellwahl 5.5.1 Ergebnisse 5.5.2 Zusammenfassung 5.6 Reale Datensätze - Kreuzvalidierung 5.6.1 Datensätze 5.6.2 KreuzValidierung 5.6.3 Ergebnisse 5.6.4 Zusammenfassung 6 Numerische Beurteilung der B-Spline-Approximation bei Ausreißern 6.1 Rauschmodelle 6.2 Ergebnisse Knotenvektormethoden 6.2.1 Zusammenfassung 6.3 Sensitivitätsanalyse der Kontrollpunktschätzung bei ausreißerbehafteten Datensätzen 6.4 Belastbarkeit der Schätzer 6.4.1 Zusammenfassung 7 Fazit und Ausblick 7.1 Fazit 7.2 Ausblick A Anhang A.l Simulierte B-spline Kurven A.2 Numerische Beurteilung und Validierung der Knotenvektorwahl A.3 Numerische Beurteilung der B-Spline-Approximation bei Ausreißern Literaturverzeichnis Abbildungsverzeichnis Tabellenverzeichnis Algorithmenverzeichnis Lebenslauf , Kurzfassungen in deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Call number: AWI Bio-23-95302
    Description / Table of Contents: Climate change of anthropogenic origin is affecting Earth’s biodiversity and therefore ecosystems and their services. High latitude ecosystems are even more impacted than the rest of Northern Hemisphere because of the amplified polar warming. Still, it is challenging to predict the dynamics of high latitude ecosystems because of complex interaction between abiotic and biotic components. As the past is the key to the future, the interpretation of past ecological changes to better understand ongoing processes is possible. In the Quaternary, the Pleistocene experienced several glacial and interglacial stages that affected past ecosystems. During the last Glacial, the Pleistocene steppe-tundra was covering most of unglaciated northern hemisphere and disappeared in parallel to the megafauna’s extinction at the transition to the Holocene (~11,700 years ago). The origin of the steppe-tundra decline is not well understood and knowledge on the mechanisms, which caused shifts in past communities and ecosystems, is of high priority as they are likely comparable to those affecting modern ecosystems. Lake or permafrost core sediments can be retrieved to investigate past biodiversity at transitions between glacial and interglacial stages. Siberia and Beringia were the origin of dispersal of the steppe-tundra, which make investigation this area of high priority. Until recently, macrofossils and pollen were the most common approaches. They are designed to reconstruct past composition changes but have limit and biases. Since the end of the 20th century, sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) can also be investigated. My main objectives were, by using sedaDNA approaches to provide scientific evidence of compositional and diversity changes in the Northern Hemisphere ecosystems at the transition between Quaternary glacial and interglacial stages. In this thesis, I provide snapshots of entire ancient ecosystems and describe compositional changes between Quaternary glacial and interglacial stages, and confirm the vegetation composition and the spatial and temporal boundaries of the Pleistocene steppe-tundra. I identify a general loss of plant diversity with extinction events happening in parallel of megafauna’ extinction. I demonstrate how loss of biotic resilience led to the collapse of a previously well-established system and discuss my results in regards to the ongoing climate change. With further work to constrain biases and limits, sedaDNA can be used in parallel or even replace the more established macrofossils and pollen approaches as my results support the robustness and potential of sedaDNA to answer new palaeoecological questions such as plant diversity changes, loss and provide snapshots of entire ancient biota.
    Description / Table of Contents: Der vom Menschen verursachte Klimawandel wirkt sich auf die biologische Vielfalt der Erde und damit auf die Ökosysteme und ihre Leistungen aus. Die Ökosysteme in den hohen Breitengraden sind aufgrund der verstärkten Erwärmung an den Polen noch stärker betroffen als der Rest der nördlichen Hemisphäre. Dennoch ist es schwierig, die Dynamik von Ökosystemen in den hohen Breitengraden vorherzusagen, da die Wechselwirkungen zwischen abiotischen und biotischen Komponenten sehr komplex sind. Da die Vergangenheit der Schlüssel zur Zukunft ist, ist die Interpretation vergangener ökologischer Veränderungen möglich, um laufende Prozesse besser zu verstehen. Im Quartär durchlief das Pleistozän mehrere glaziale und interglaziale Phasen, welche die Ökosysteme der Vergangenheit beeinflussten. Während des letzten Glazials bedeckte die pleistozäne Steppentundra den größten Teil der unvergletscherten nördlichen Hemisphäre und verschwand parallel zum Aussterben der Megafauna am Übergang zum Holozän (vor etwa 11 700 Jahren). Der Ursprung des Rückgangs der Steppentundra ist nicht gut erforscht, und die Kenntnis über die Mechanismen, die zu den Veränderungen in den vergangenen Lebensgemeinschaften und Ökosystemen geführt haben, ist von hoher Priorität, da sie wahrscheinlich mit denen vergleichbar sind, die sich auf moderne Ökosysteme auswirken. Durch die Entnahme von See- oder Permafrostkernsedimenten kann die vergangene Artenvielfalt an den Übergängen zwischen Eis- und Zwischeneiszeiten untersucht werden. Sibirien und Beringia waren der Ursprung der Ausbreitung der Steppentundra, weshalb die Untersuchung dieses Gebiets hohe Priorität hat. Bis vor kurzem waren Makrofossilien und Pollen die gängigsten Methoden. Sie dienen der Rekonstruktion vergangener Veränderungen in der Zusammensetzung der Bevölkerung, haben aber ihre Grenzen und Schwächen. Seit Ende des 20. Jahrhunderts kann auch sedimentäre alte DNA (sedaDNA) untersucht werden. Mein Hauptziel war es, durch den Einsatz von sedaDNA-Ansätzen wissenschaftliche Beweise für Veränderungen in der Zusammensetzung und Vielfalt der Ökosysteme der nördlichen Hemisphäre am Übergang zwischen den quartären Eiszeiten und Zwischeneiszeiten zu liefern. In dieser Arbeit liefere ich Momentaufnahmen ganzer alter Ökosysteme und beschreibe die Veränderungen in der Zusammensetzung zwischen Quartärglazialen und Interglazialen und bestätige die Vegetationszusammensetzung sowie die räumlichen und zeitlichen Grenzen der pleistozänen Steppentundra. Ich stelle einen allgemeinen Verlust der Pflanzenvielfalt fest, wobei das Aussterben der Pflanzen parallel zum Aussterben der Megafauna verlief. Ich zeige auf, wie der Verlust der biotischen Widerstandsfähigkeit zum Zusammenbruch eines zuvor gut etablierten Systems führte, und diskutiere meine Ergebnisse im Hinblick auf den laufenden Klimawandel. Mit weiteren Arbeiten zur Eingrenzung von Verzerrungen und Grenzen kann sedaDNA parallel zu den etablierteren Makrofossilien- und Pollenansätzen verwendet werden oder diese sogar ersetzen, da meine Ergebnisse die Robustheit und das Potenzial von sedaDNA zur Beantwortung neuer paläoökologischer Fragen wie Veränderungen der Pflanzenvielfalt und -verluste belegen und Momentaufnahmen ganzer alter Biota liefern.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: vi, 217 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 , TABLE OF CONTENTS Acknowledgements Summary Zusammenfassung 1 General introduction 1.1 A changing world 1.1.1 Global changes of anthropogenic origin 1.1.2 Amplified crisis in the high latitudes 1.2 The past is the key to the future 1.2.1 The Quaternary glacial and interglacial stages 1.2.2 The Beringia study case 1.3 Investigating past biodiversity 1.3.1 Traditional tools 1.3.2 Newest sedaDNA proxies 1.4 Motivation and aims of the thesis 1.5 Structure of the thesis 1.6 Author’s contributions 2 Manuscript I 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Geographical settings 2.3.2 Fieldwork and subsampling 2.3.3 Core splicing and dating 2.3.4 Sediment-geochemical analyses 2.3.5 Pollen analysis 2.3.6 Molecular genetic preparation 2.3.7 Processing of sedaDNA data 2.3.8 Statistical analysis and visualization 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Age model 2.4.2 Sediment-geochemical core composition 2.4.3 Pollen stratigraphy 2.4.4 sedaDNA composition 2.4.5 Comparison between pollen and sedaDNA 2.4.6 Taxa richness investigation 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Proxy validation 2.5.2 Vegetation compositional changes in response to climate inferred from pollen and sedaDNA records 2.5.3 The steppe-tundra of the Late Pleistocene 2.5.4 The disrupted Pleistocene-Holocene transition 2.5.5 The boreal forest of the Holocene 2.5.6 Changes in vegetation richness through the Pleistocene/Holocene transition inferred from the sedaDNA record 2.6 Conclusion Data availability statement Funding References 3 Manuscript II 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Material and Method 3.3.1 Site description and timeframe 3.3.2 Sampling, DNA extraction and PCR 3.3.3 Filtering and cleaning dataset 3.3.4 Identification of taxa – species signal 3.3.5 Resampling 3.3.6 Assessment of the species pool stability 3.3.7 Quantification of extinct and extirpated taxa 3.3.8 Characterisation of species and candidate species 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Changes in the composition and species pool at the Pleistocene - Holocene transition 3.4.2 Decrease in the regional plant species richness between the Pleistocene and the Holocene 3.4.3 Identification of loss taxa events 3.4.4 Characterisation of lost taxa 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Biotic and abiotic changes in the ecosystem - a cocktail for extinction 3.5.2 Identification and quantification of potential plant taxa loss 3.5.3 Characterisation of potential taxa loss 3.5.4 Limits of the method 3.5.5 Conclusions and perspectives Funding References 4 Manuscript III 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Material & Methods 4.3.1 Fieldwork and subsampling 4.3.2 Chronology 4.3.3 Pollen analysis 4.3.4 Isolation of sedimentary ancient DNA 4.3.5 Metabarcoding approach 4.3.6 Shotgun approach 4.3.7 Bioinformatic processing 4.4 Results 4.4.1 General results of the three approaches: pollen, metabarcoding and shotgun sequencing 4.4.2 Plants (Viridiplantae) 4.4.3 Fungi 4.4.4 Mammals (Mammalia) 4.4.5 Birds (Aves) 4.4.6 Insects (Insecta) 4.4.7 Prokaryotes (Bacteria, Archaea) and Viruses 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Interglacial communities 4.5.2 Glacial communities 4.5.3 Potential and limitations of the sedaDNA shotgun approach applied to ancient permafrost sediments 4.6 Conclusions Data availability statement Funding References 5 Synthesis 5.1 Ecological changes between glacial and interglacial stages 5.1.1 Changes in the compositional structure 5.1.2 Loss of plant diversity 5.1.3 Potential drivers of change 5.2 High potential of sedaDNA for past biodiversity reconstruction 5.3 Conclusions and future perspectives Bibliography Appendices Appendix 1: Supplementary material for Manuscript I Appendix 2: Supplementary material for Manuscript II Appendix 3: Supplementary material for Manuscript III Appendix 4: Manuscript IV Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Call number: AWI G2-23-95434
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 438 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783946729303 , 978-3-946729-30-3
    ISSN: 0932-2205
    Series Statement: Excellence in Ecology 30
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hannover : Leibniz Universität Hannover
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 99.0139(379)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 379
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: v, 165 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karte
    ISBN: 978-3-7696-5291-8 , 9783769652918
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 379
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz Universität Hannover, 2021 , Contents 1. Introduction 1.1. Motivation and Research Goal 1.2. Outline 2. Basics 2.1. Archaeology 2.2. Geographic Information System 2.2.1. Spatial Reference System 2.2.2. Coordinate Reference Systems 2.2.3. Raster and Vector Data 2.2.4. GIS Software 2.2.5. GIS Data File Formats 2.3. Remote Sensing 2.3.1. Passive and Active Remote Sensing 2.3.2. LiDAR Systems 2.3.3. Processing LiDAR Data 2.3.4. Digital Terrain Models and Derived Rasters 2.4. Deep Learning 2.4.1. Neurons 2.4.2. Layers 2.4.3. Objective Functions 2.4.4. Evaluation Metrics 2.4.5. Backpropagation 2.4.6. Gradient Descent 2.4.7. Gradient Descent Optimization Algorithms 2.4.8. Supervised Learning 2.4.9. Transfer Learning 2.4.10. Unsupervised Learning 2.4.11. Self Supervised Learning 3. Related Work 3.1. Remote Sensing in Archaeology 3.2. Deep Learning in Remote Sensing 3.3. Deep Learning in Point Clouds and Digital Terrain Models 3.4. Deep Learning in Archaeology 4. Datasets 4.1. Digital Terrain Model and Relief Visualization Dataset 4.2. Archaeological Monuments in the Harz 4.2.1. Areal Dataset 4.2.2. Linear Dataset 4.2.3. Stone Quarries Dataset 4.3. Data Preparation for Deep Learning Models 4.3.1. Data Processing for Self Supervised Learning Pretext 4.3.2. Data Processing for Classification 4.3.3. Data Processing for Instance Segmentation 4.3.4. Data Processing for Semantic Segmentation 5. Methodology 5.1. Pretext Methods 5.1.1. Relief Visualization Network (RVNet) 5.1.2. Relief Visualization GAN (RVGan) 5.2. Downstream Method 5.2.1. Classification of Archaeological Monuments and Terrain Structures 5.2.2. Instance Segmentation of Archaeological Monuments and Terrain Structures 5.2.3. Semantic Segmentation of Archaeological Monuments and Terrain Structures 6. Experiments and Results 6.1. Self Supervised Learning Pretext Experiments 6.2. Classification 6.3. Instance Segmentation 6.3.1. Areal Dataset 6.3.2. Linear Dataset 6.4. Semantic Segmentation 6.4.1. Areal Dataset 6.4.2. Linear Dataset 6.4.3. Stone Quarries Dataset 6.5. Evaluation on 4 Test Regions with Distinct Objects 6.6. Qualitative Evaluations 6.6.1. Qualitative Results for Areal Dataset 6.6.2. Qualitative Results for the Linear Dataset 6.6.3. Qualitative Results for Stone Quarries Dataset 6.7. Summary 7. Discussions and Conclusions 7.1. Discussions 7.1.1. Assessment of Pretext Methods 7.1.2. Assessment of Downstream Methods 7.1.3. Assessment of Selected Core Deep Learning Architectures 7.1.4. Assessment of Predictions for each Category 7.2. Summary and Outlook List of Figures List of Tables Bibliography Acknowledgements Resume A. Appendix A.1. Self Supervised Learning Pretext A.2. Classification A.3. Areal Dataset A.4. Linear Dataset , Sprache der Kurzfassungen: Englisch, Deutsch
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Call number: S 99.0139(388)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 388
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: v, 188 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 388
    Language: German
    Note: Dissertation, Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz Universität Hannover, 2023 , Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Zielsetzung und eigene Beiträge 1.3 Gliederung der Arbeit 2 3D-Objekterfassung in der industriellen Fertigung von Großstrukturen 2.1 Bedingungen und Anforderungen in der industriellen Fertigung 2.2 Grundlagen zu Qualitätsmaßen und -parametern 2.3 Überblick Methoden der 3D-Objekterfassung 2.4 Terrestrisches Laserscanning 2.4.1 Messprinzip und Sensorik 2.4.2 Sensorkalibrierung 2.4.3 Messunsicherheiten 2.5 Statisches terrestrisches Laserscanning und Lasertracking 2.5.1 Vorbereitung und Objektaufnahme 2.5.2 Datenprozessierung 2.5.3 Validierung und Qualitätssicherung 2.5.4 Tachymeter und Lastertracker mit Scanfunktion 2.5.5 Stopp-und-Go Verfahren 2.5.6 Resümee zum statischen Laserscanning 2.6 Kinematisches terrestrisches Laserscanning 2.6.1 Messprinzip und Stand der Entwicklungen 2.6.2 Arten der Georeferenzierung 2.6.3 Resümee zum Einsatz des kinematischen terrestrischen Laserscanning 2.7 Hochgenaues kinematisches terrestrisches Laserscanning im industriellen Umfeld 2.7.1 TLS-basierte 3D-Objekterfassung 2.7.2 Systemkalibrierung und Synchronisierung der Sensoren 2.7.3 Georeferenzierung der Plattform 2.7.4 Darstellung des k-TLS-basierten Multi-Sensor-System 3 Mathematische Grundlagen 3.1 Räumliche Helmert-Transformation 3.2 Methoden der Unsicherheits-Modellierung 3.2.1 Statistische Grundlagen 3.2.2 Darstellung nach dem Guide to the Expression of Uncertainty in Measurement 3.2.3 Methoden der Unsicherheitsfortpflanzung 3.2.3.1 Varianzfortpflanzung 3.2.3.2 Monte-Carlo-Simulation 3.3 Parameterschätzung im Gauß-Helmert-Modell 3.4 Räumliche Bestimmung der Form und Lage von Objekten 3.4.1 Ausgleichungsmodell 3.4.2 Klassifizierung 3.4.3 Ausgleichende Ebene 3.4.4 Flächen zweiten Grades 3.5 Filterung 3.5.1 Das Kalmanfilter 3.5.2 Das Extended Kalmanfilter 3.5.3 Das iterative Extended Kalmanfilter 4 Systemkalibrierung 4.1 Strategien und Ansätze 4.2 Darstellung des Referenzgeometrie-basierten Ansatzes 4.2.1 Schaffung Kalibrierumgebung - Bestimmung der Referenzgeometrien 4.2.2 Objekterfassung und Verknüpfung der Koordinatensysteme 4.2.3 Ausgleichung der gesuchten Parameter 4.3 Anordnung der Referenzgeometrien 4.3.1 Sensitivität der Parameter 4.3.2 Theoretische Vorbetrachtungen 4.3.3 Implementierung einer Simulationsumgebung 4.3.4 Optimierung der Referenzgeometrieanordnung 4.4 Praktische Realisierung und Durchführung 4.4.1 Realisierung einer Kalibrierumgebung 4.4.2 Durchführung der Systemkalibrierung 4.4.3 Darstellung und Diskussion der Ergebnisse 5 Georeferenzierung der mobilen Plattform 5.1 Strategien und Ansätze 5.2 Messtechnischer Ablauf 5.2.1 Methode einer punktweisen Georeferenzierung 5.3 Filtermodell 5.3.1 Vorbetrachtungen und Modellwahl 5.3.2 Implementierung 5.4 Messprozess und Datenauswertung 5.4.1 Messtechnische Umsetzung 5.4.2 Darstellung und Interpretation der Ergebnisse 5.5 Zusammenfassung und Resümee 6 Validierung und Qualitätssicherung 6.1 Strategien und Ansätze 6.2 Genauigkeitsuntersuchungen der Lasertrackermessung zur T-Probe 6.2.1 Messstrategie und Auswertung 6.2.2 Ergebnisse 6.2.3 Fazit 6.3 Betrachtung der Unsicherheiten der Einzelschritte 6.3.1 Objekterfassung durch den Laserscanner 6.3.2 Systemkalibrierung zwischen T-Probe und Laserscanner 6.3.3 Georeferenzierung der mobilen Plattform 6.3.4 Zusammenstellung der Unsicherheiten für die Einzelschritte 6.4 Modellierung der Gesamtunsicherheit 6.4.1 Umsetzung der Vorwärtsmodellierung 6.4.2 Darstellung der Ergebnisse 6.4.3 Korrelationen 6.5 Validierung der Modellierungsergebnisse 6.5.1 Rückwärtsmodellierung 6.5.2 Bewertung der Ergebnisse 7 Zusammenfassung und Ausblick A Anhang A.1 Kapitel 2 A.2 Kapitel 4 A.3 Kapitel 5 A.4 Kapitel 6 Literaturverzeichnis Abbildungsverzeichnis Tabellenverzeichnis Lebenslauf , Sprache der Kurzfassungen: Englisch, Deutsch
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Call number: S 99.0139(381)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 381
    Description / Table of Contents: Diese Arbeit beschäftigt sich mit der Funktionsweise und Wirkung von zivilgesellschaftlichen Netzwerken, die einen Beitrag zur Kommunal- und Regionalentwicklung in peripheren ländlichen Räumen leisten – „weiche“ Faktoren wie Motivation oder Mentalität eingeschlossen. Zunächst werden in einer multiperspektivischen Herangehensweise adäquate Theoriekonzepte zu Kooperation, Verantwortungsteilung und Netzwerken erarbeitet. Den empirischen Kern dieser Dissertation bildet eine qualitative Datenerhebung mittels Leitfaden-gestützter Experteninterviews eines kirchlich initiierten zivilgesellschaftlichen Netzwerks in Nordostbayern. Das transkribierte Interviewmaterial wird nach der Methode der inhaltlich-strukturierenden qualitativen Inhaltsanalyse nach Kuckartz mit einem deduktiv-induktiv erstellten Kategoriensystem ausgewertet und mithilfe thematischer Summarys verdichtet. Ein Schwerpunkt liegt auf der Untersuchung des Zusammenwirkens und der Motivation der beteiligten Akteure aus verschiedenen gesellschaftlichen Gruppen. Eine quantitative Auswertung von Zufriedenheitsdaten der Region im Vergleich zu Daten aus Bayern und Deutschland ergänzt die qualitative empirische Analyse. Als Ergebnis wird – neben Ideen für das Zusammenwirken von staatlichen und zivilgesellschaftlichen Akteuren der Regionalentwicklung – ein Modell für Wirkfaktoren zivilgesellschaftlicher Netzwerke entworfen.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 274 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 381
    Language: German
    Note: Dissertation, Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz Universität Hannover, 2022 , Inhaltsverzeichnis 0. Einleitung 1. Ländliche Räume und ihre Herausforderungen 1.1 Charakteristika von Dörfern und Kommunen – Lebensraum Dorf 1.2 Typisierungsmöglichkeiten und Heterogenität ländlicher Räume 1.3 Besondere Herausforderungen für strukturschwache, periphere Räume 2. Konzepte von Kooperation, Vertrauen, Sozialem Kapital und Verantwortung als theoretische Grundlagen für regionale Netzwerke 2.1 Kooperation als Kern von Governance-Theorien 2.1.1 Kooperation und Regionalentwicklung 2.1.2 Governance-Theorien in Fragen ländlicher Entwicklung 2.1.3 Handlungsebenen und Akteure in Governance-Theorien 2.2 Die Relation von Vertrauen und Kooperation: Ein ökonomischer Blick auf kooperatives Verhalten 2.2.1 Vertrauen als Koordinationsmechanismus 2.2.2 Ein Öffentliches-Gut-Spiel (ÖGS) als neuer Verständniszugang für zivilgesellschaftliche Netzwerke 2.3 Die Relation von Sozialem Kapital und Kooperation 2.4 Verantwortungsübernahme in Kooperationen 3. Grundlagen zur Netzwerkbildung – regional und interkommunal 3.1 Gesetzliche Grundlagen der Verantwortungsteilung in der Regionalentwicklung 3.1.1 Europäische Impulse zur regionalen Entwicklung 3.1.2 Föderalstaatlicher Rahmen und partizipative, bundesweite Fördermaßnahmen 3.2 Zivilgesellschaftliche Netzwerke im interkommunalen Kontext 3.2.1 Definition von Netzwerken 3.2.2 Verständnis von Netzwerk im regionalwissenschaftlichen Kontext unter Beteiligung der Zivilgesellschaft 3.3 Ausgewählte Studien zu Netzwerken in strukturschwachen, ländlichen Räumen 4. Forschungsfragen und Methodik der Erforschung von regionalen Netzwerken 4.1 Forschungsziel und Forschungsfragen 4.2 Auswahlkriterien des zu untersuchenden Netzwerks 4.2.1 Bestimmung der Region: Geographische Abgrenzung und sozioökonomischer Hintergrund als Auswahlkriterien 4.2.2 Wahl des Netzwerks 4.3 Methodik der Datenerhebung 4.3.1 Methodenüberblick und Begründung der Vorgehensweise 4.3.2 Dokumentenanalyse 4.3.3 Leitfaden-gestützte Interviews mit Akteuren des Netzwerks 4.3.3.1 Konzeption des Interviewleitfadens 4.3.3.2 Organisation und Durchführung der Interviews 4.3.4 Fotographische Dokumentation von Motivation und Demotivation der Akteure 4.4 Methodik der Datenauswertung – inhaltlich-strukturierende qualitative Inhaltsanalyse nach Kuckartz 5. Ergebnisse der empirischen Untersuchung des Netzwerks „Gemeinsam für die Region – Evangelische Kirche und Strukturwandel in Nordostbayern“ 5.1 Hintergründe und Arbeitsfelder des Netzwerks „Gemeinsam für die Region“ 5.1.1 Gründungsbedingungen und Vorläuferprojekt 5.1.2 Organisatorische Struktur und Ziele des Netzwerks 5.1.3 Projekte des Netzwerks 5.1.4 Gründe für Beständigkeit 5.2 Kooperation im Netzwerk 5.2.1 Definitionen von Kooperationen 5.2.2 Chancen von Kooperationen 5.2.2.1 Verbesserungsmöglichkeiten von Kooperationen 5.2.2.2 Mittelbare Effekte von Netzwerkkooperationen 5.2.3 Grenzen von Kooperationen 5.2.3.1 Umgang mit Schwierigkeiten 5.2.3.2 Herausforderungen für den Fortbestand des Netzwerks 5.2.3.3 Nicht-kooperatives Handeln 5.2.4 Interkommunale Kooperationen 5.3 Akteure als zentrale Wirkfaktoren für Kommunal- und Regionalentwicklung 5.3.1 Kompetenzen für Mitarbeit 5.3.2 Beginn und Ende der Mitarbeit 5.3.3 Art und Weise der Mitarbeit 5.3.4 Bedingungen und Hintergründe des Mitmachens 5.3.4.1 Intrinsische Motivatoren 5.3.4.2 Extrinsische Motivatoren 5.3.4.3 Motivations- und Demotivationsfaktoren im Vergleich 5.3.5 Der Rollenkontext der Mitwirkenden 5.4 Verantwortungsübernahme im Netzwerk 5.4.1 Definition von Verantwortung 5.4.2 Teilung von Verantwortung 5.4.3 Verantwortungsträger:innen 5.4.4 Verantwortung für die Region 5.4.5 Grenzen von Verantwortungsübernahme 5.4.6 Drei Dimensionen von Verantwortungsübernahme 6. Ergänzende Evidenz und Ergebnisvergleich der Erkenntnisse aus der Untersuchung des Netzwerks „Gemeinsam für die Region“ zur Kommunal- und Regionalentwicklung 6.1 Indizien der Wirkungen des Netzwerks für die Entwicklung der Region mithilfe von Daten zur Allgemeinen Lebenszufriedenheit des Sozioökonomischen Panels (SOEP) 6.1.1 Beschreibung der SOEP-Daten 6.1.2 Entwicklung der Lebenszufriedenheit im Landkreis Wunsiedel im Fichtelgebirge von 2002 bis 2017 6.1.3 Vergleich der Lebenszufriedenheit im Landkreis Wunsiedel mit Daten über den Freistaat Bayern und Deutschland von 2002 bis 2017 6.2 Theorieabgleich und Ergebnisvergleich mit Schlussfolgerungen anderer Studien 6.2.1 Beantwortung der Forschungsfragen und Abgleich der empirischen Evidenz mit dem theoretischen Fundament für regionale Netzwerkarbeit 6.2.2 Ergebnisabgleich mit ausgewählten Studien zur Kommunal- und Regionalentwicklung 7. Schlussfolgerungen 7.1 Anregungen für die Ausgestaltung der Zusammenarbeit von Staat und Bürgerschaft in der Regionalentwicklung 7.2 Ein Wirkfaktorenmodell als weiteres Ergebnis - Impuls zur Übertragbarkeit für Initiierung und Organisation (rein) zivilgesellschaftlicher Netzwerke 7.3 Ansätze für weiteren Forschungsbedarf 8. Kritische Reflexion der Forschungsarbeit Literaturverzeichnis Abbildungsverzeichnis Tabellenverzeichnis Anhang I. Leitfaden für die Experteninterviews II. Codesystem der qualitativen Inhaltsanalyse III. Fotographische Dokumentation der Motivationskärtchen IV. Schätzergebnisse SOEP-Daten , Sprache der Kurzfassungen: Englisch, Deutsch
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Call number: AWI G2-23-95540
    In: World ocean review, 8
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 243 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-86648-733-8 , 9783866487338
    Series Statement: World ocean review 8
    Language: English
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort Kapitel 1 Dringlichst gesucht – Wege aus der Klimakrise Alarmstufe Rot für Mensch und Natur Lösungen für das Treibhausgas-Problem? CONCLUSIO: Die Klimakrise kennt nur eine Lösung: Treibhausgasneutralität Kapitel 2 Die Rolle des Ozeans im Kohlenstoffkreislauf der Erde Wie der Ozean Kohlendioxid aufnimmt CONCLUSIO: Kohlenstoffspeicher Ozean: Riesig, effizient und in Gefahr 67 Kapitel 3 Das ungenutzte Klimaschutzpotenzial der Ökosysteme an Land Wälder, Wiesen und Böden als Kohlenstoffspeicher CONCLUSIO: Lösungen, die viel zu selten umgesetzt werden Kapitel 4 Marine CDR-Verfahren: Forschung unter Zeit- und Erwartungsdruck Ein Ozean der Möglichkeiten oder gefährlicher Hype? Kapitel 5 Mehr Kohlenstoffeinlagerung in Wiesen und Wäldern des Meeres? Blue Carbon: Ein Lösungsansatz mit doppeltem Nutzen CONCLUSIO: Küstenökosysteme: Marine Kohlenstoffsenke mit unverzichtbaren Zusatzleistungen Kapitel 6 Künstlicher Auftrieb: Die Idee von der Begrünung des Ozeans Eine Anschubhilfe für die biologische Kohlenstoffpumpe CONCLUSIO: Künstlicher Auftrieb – Prädikat: „nur bedingt nützlich“ Kapitel 7 Gezielte Eingriffe in die Meereschemie Alkalinitätserhöhung: Verfahren in den Kinderschuhen CONCLUSIO: Alkalinitätserhöhung – theoretisch verstanden, im Feld jedoch kaum getestet Kapitel 8 Kohlendioxid verpressen tief unter dem Meer Gasspeicherung in Sandsteinschichten und Basaltgestein CONCLUSIO: Kohlendioxidspeicherung unter dem Meer: Ein umstrittenes Verfahren im Aufwind Kapitel 9 Leitprinzipien und Regeln für einen Einsatz mariner CDR-Verfahren Wie regelt man eine verstärkte CO2-Aufnahme des Meeres? CONCLUSIO: Regulierung möglicher CDR-Einsätze: Gebraucht werden klare Strategien und Vorschriften Gesamt-Conclusio Abkürzungen Quellenverzeichnis Mitwirkende Index Partner und Danksagung Abbildungsverzeichnis Impressum .
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Call number: AWI G3-24-95728
    Description / Table of Contents: This atlas is an attempt to translate and consolidate the available knowledge on permafrost. It is a timely book suffused with the compelling enthusiasm of its authors and contributors. Close to a hundred individuals participated in its making, and it does a magnificent job at describing permafrost with maps, words, art, and stories. Far from being an academic product in the traditional sense, it gathers the knowledge from the voices of scientists, Indigenous Peoples, northern residents, and local practitioners to provide a holistic and inclusive view of today’s challenges in the “country of permafrost”.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 174 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Foreword Prologue Earth’s Freezer: Introduction to Permafrost Frozen grounds: Permafrost in the Arctic Permafrost in profile: Landscape features Frozen in time: The history of permafrost An icy balance: Arctic permafrost physiography What lies within: Organic carbon in permafrost When ice grows up: Pingo Canadian Landmark Drilling down: Learning the secrets of permafrost Portrait: Annett Bartsch Un/settled: Life on frozen ground Frozen States I: Russian Federation Portrait: Vyacheslav Shadrin Frozen States II: North America Portrait: Jessi Pascal Frozen States III: Nordic region Portrait: Palle Jeremiassen Awakening Giant: Permafrost and Climate Change Warming up, warming down: Increasing ground temperatures The chill is gone: Thickening of the active layer Disappearing act: Declining permafrost extent Microorganisms, macro effects: Permafrost carbon cycle Faster, deeper, stronger I: Speed of thaw in North America Faster, deeper, stronger II: Speed of thaw in Scandinavia and the Russian Federation Crossing the threshold: Future scenarios of carbon release Portrait: Dmitry Streletskiy Moving Grounds: Permafrost Changes Frost and flora: The role of vegetation in permafrost landscapes Fire on ice: Peat, permafrost, and fire State of matter: Water, snow, and permafrost The rivers run through it: Arctic rivers, deltas and hydrology Along the edge of the world: Arctic coastal classification Wear and tear: Erosion of Arctic permafrost coasts Eating into the landscape: Retrogressive thaw slumps Portrait: Angus Alunik Losing ground: Projected rates of Arctic coastal erosion Beneath the waves: Changes in subsea permafrost Arctic Ripples: Impacts of Permafrost Thaw Feeling the heat: Permafrost thaw impacts on infrastructure Risky business I: North American Arctic and Kalaallit Nunaat (Greenland) Risky business II: The Russian Federation and Scandinavian Arctic Terra infirma I: Coastal infrastructure in Yamalo-Nenets Portrait: Susanna Gartler Terra infirma II: Reinforcing runways in Paulatuk Terra infirma III: Keeping cold food cold in Alaska Terra infirma IV: Urban planning in Ilulissat Nothing in isolation: Health and wellness and permafrost Portrait: Gwen Healey Akearok Toxic grounds: Contaminants and environmental health Coming back to life: Reemerging pathogens Frozen assets I: The formal economy Frozen assets II: Traditional and subsistence activities Cultural homeland: Alaas landscapes in Yakutia Holding Tight: Adaptation to Permafrost Thaw Bumpy road ahead: Transportation infrastructure and permafrost Undermined: Mining infrastructure and permafrost Keeping the light on: Energy infrastructure and permafrost No time to waste: Waste management and permafrost Modern history: Preserving Svalbard’s cultural heritage Portrait: Ingrid Rekkavik Going South: Permafrost in Other Areas A planetary perspective: Permafrost outside the Arctic Frozen giants: Permafrost in the mountains The view from the top: The Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau, Hindu Kush Himalaya, and Andes Europe’s frozen heart: Permafrost in the Alps The ends of the Earth I: Permafrost in Antarctica The ends of the Earth II: Antarctic Peninsula The ends of the Earth III: Queen Maud Land, Victoria Land, and the McMurdo Dry Valleys Over the Horizon Authors and contributors Acknowledgments Artist spotlight: Olga Borjon-Privé (Oluko) Artist spotlight: Katie Orlinsky Glossary Acronyms References
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Call number: ZS-064(220)
    In: Forstliche Forschungsberichte München
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 154 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 3-933506-51-4 , 3933506514
    ISSN: 0174-1810
    Series Statement: Forstliche Forschungsberichte München 220
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung 1.1 Ausgangssituation 1.2 Projektkonzept und Fragestellungen 2 Zusammenfassung der Ergebnisse 3 Empfehlungen für die Praxis 3.1 Tangeihumus erkennen 3.2 Humusabbau vorbeugen 3.3 Humusvorräte wiederherstellen 4 Offene Fragen und Forschungsbedarf 4.1 Hemmung des Humusabbaus 4.2 Bedeutung des Totholzes die Humusbildung 4.3 Umsetzung in der Forstpraxis 5 Deutsche und englische Kurzfassung 5.1 Zusammenfassung 5.2 Alpine humus as C-storage and vital site factor for mountain forests of Bavaria's Limestone Alps (English Summary) 6 Literatur
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hannover : Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik, Univ. Hannover
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 99.0139(375)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: xii, 141 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Universität Hannover Nr. 375
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung List of Figures List of Tables Abbreviation Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Proposal and content 2 State of art in terrestrial laser scanning and finite element analysis 2.1 General surface measurements and TLS 2.1.1 Surface measurement 2.1.2 Geometric measurements with TLS and its technical fundamentals 2.2 FEA computations 2.2.1 FEA 2.2.2 FEA computation and the description of the boundary domain 2.3 TLS application in FEA 2.3.1 FEA parameter calibration with TLS 2.3.2 FEA geometric boundary modeling with TLS 2.3.3 Benefits of combination between TLS and FEA 3 Finite element analysis parametric geometric modeling and calibration based on terrestrial laser scanning 3.1 Fundamentals of polynomial and B-spline fitting 3.1.1 Polynomial fitting 3.1.2 B-spline fitting 3.2 Other parametric methods in fitting point clouds 3.3 Analysis and comparison between polynomial and B-spline approximations 3.4 Implementation of the calibration cases 3.5 Validation based on deformation analysis 3.5.1 General methods in deformation computation and analysis for TLS 3.5.2 Case implementation 4 Sequential calibration of finite element analysis results with terrestrial laser scanning reference based on deep learning 4.1 Employment of DL in FEA 4.1.1 Direct outputs corresponding to inputs by training neural networks 4.1.2 Material model 4.1.3 Other problems 4.1.4 Summary and analysis 4.2 DL sequential prediction and its potential in FEA 4.3 LSTM methods based on sequential prediction 4.3.1 Challenges and advanced variant models of LSTM 4.3.2 Effects of activation functions in convolutional LSTM 4.4 Sequential prediction and calibration of FEA results with a TLS reference based on convolutional LSTM 5 Conclusions and outlook Contributions of authors Paper 1 Paper 2 Paper 3 Paper 4 Bibliography Curriculum Vitae Acknowledgment
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Freising : Zentrum Wald-Forst-Holz Weihenstephan
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZS-064(218)
    In: Forstliche Forschungsberichte München
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 214 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 3933506492 , 3-9335064-9-2
    ISSN: 0174-1810
    Series Statement: Forstliche Forschungsberichte München 218
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Impressum Vorwort Inhaltsverzeichnis Älter als die Römer? Bisher übersehene Spuren einstiger Beackerung unter bayerischen Wäldern / Volker Arnold Der Fichten-Wirtschaftswald ist krank - Vorgeschichte, Diagnose und Therapie / Günter Biermayer Aus den Nürnberger WaldherrenVerlässen - Eine Kostprobe aus den 1590er Jahren / Daniel Burger Stadt und Wald: Die Reichsstadt Nürnberg und ihr Umgang mit einem knappen Gut / Helmut Demattio Natur- und Kulturlandschaft Frankenwald / Dietrich Förster Die mittelalterliche Wüstung Mensberg und ihre Lokalisierung anhand von Waldnutzungsrechten / Julian Gröber Der Grünwalder Forst / Dietrich Grund Bambi: Fiktion, Bedeutungen und Folgen / Hubertus Habel Der Luchs ist zurück im Frankenwald / Peter Hagemann, Alexander Kelle, Sybille Wölfl Ein „Hippokratischer Eid“ für Forstleute? Ein Diskussionsvorschlag / Joachim Hamberger, Robert Staufer, Jörn Erler, Ulrich Schraml, Katharina Bauckmeier, Christian Ammer Beitrag zur Geschichte der Jagd im Nationalpark Hohe Tauern, Kärnten, im ausgehenden Mittelalter und der Frühen Neuzeit / Elisabeth Johann Die Sprache des Waldes - eine neue Sicht durch das Kosmos Wald & Forst-Lexikon / Wilhelm Kaltenstadler Wilhelm Albrecht aus Rothenburg ob der Tauber begründet die landwirtschaftlichen Winterschulen und rettet den Westerwald / Bernhard Mall Ludwig Thoma: Der Förstersohn, seine Vorfahren und die spannende Frage, warum er kein Forstmann wurde/ Wolfgang Mantel Das Bayerische Forstamt Heigenbrücken von 1902 bis 2005 / Walter Mergner Zur Frühgeschichte des Biotopbaumschutzes in bayerischen Wäldern des 19. Jahrhunderts / Andreas Mölder Hundert Jahre forstliche Ausbildung in Aschaffenburg / Hubert Röbner Erlebte Geschichte(n) - Möglichkeiten für die Verknüpfung von Waldgeschichte und Waldpädagogik im Forstenrieder Park / Dirk Schmechel Schlaglichter auf die Geschichte des Nationalparks Bayerischer Wald aus jagdlicher Sicht sowie die Veränderung der Wertschätzung des Waldes in der Gesellschaft / Sigrid Schwenk Heinrich Mayr - ein Pionier des Fremdländeranbaus in Bayern / Hans-Ulrich Sinner, Philip Sinner Geschichte der Staatswaldungen im nördlichen Steigerwald / Hans Stark Eine Hirschbrunft in Ilmenau / Heinz Staudinger Der frühe Abschied des Schwarzwaldes vom Urwald / Helmut Volk 80 Jahre Schwerspatabbau bei Rothenkirchen / Gerhard Walther Vom sauren Regen zum Klimawandel - Dokumentation stillen Leidens / Alexandra Wauer Waldflurnamen im Chiemgau am Beispiel des ehemaligen Herrschaftswaldes Hohenaschau / Rupert Wörndl Wilderei in Bayern / Hubert Zierl, Martin Kropf Autorenverzeichnis
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hannover : Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 99.0139(394)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 394
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 105 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 394
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz Universität Hannover, 2023 , Sprache der Zusammenfassungen: Englisch, Deutsch
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hannover : Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Unviersität Hannover
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 99.0139(387)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 387
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: xii, 108 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 978-3-7696-5315-1 , 9783769653151
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 387
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 2 Normal Points and LLR Analysis Description 2.1 Distribution of Normal Points 2.1.1 Observatories 2.1.2 Reflectors 2.1.3 Synodic Angle and Wavelength of Laser Signals 2.2 Uncertainty of Normal Points 2.3 LLR Analysis Description 3 Data Reduction and Parameter Estimation 3.1 Uncertainty of Estimated Parameters 3.1.1 Sensitivity Analysis 3.1.2 Validation by Resampling 3.2 Geocenter Motion 3.3 Loading 3.3.1 Atmospheric Loading 3.3.2 Non-Tidal Loading 4 Ephemeris Calculation 4.1 2-way Calculation 4.1.1 Calculated Ephemeris 4.1.2 LLR Residuals 4.1.3 Estimated Parameters 4.1.4 Correlations 4.2 Dynamical Model 4.2.1 DE440 Ephemeris based updates 4.2.2 Undistorted Total MOI of the Moon 4.3 Effect of Additional Asteroids 4.4 Comparison of Results: LUNAR vs INPOP and DE 5 Earth Rotation Parameters Estimation 5.1 A-priori Data 5.2 Selection of Nights 5.3 Uncertainty Estimation 5.4 Earth Rotation Phase Estimation 5.4.1 Estimated Values 5.4.2 Correlations 5.5 Terrestrial Pole Coordinates Estimation 5.5.1 Estimated Values 5.5.2 Correlations 6 Relativistic Tests with LLR 6.1 Equivalence of Active and Passive Gravitational Mass 6.1.1 Determination of the Lunar Angular Acceleration 6.1.2 Limit on Equivalence of Active and Passive Mass 7 Conclusions and Outlook 7.1 Conclusions 7.2 Outlook A List of Fitted Parameters B List of Biases List of Figures List of Tables List of Abbreviations Bibliography
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hannover : Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Unviersität Hannover
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 99.0139(391)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 391
    Description / Table of Contents: The Earth’s gravity field and its temporal variation reveal important information for many disciplines, especially for geosciences. Satellite gravity missions like GOCE, GRACE and GRACE-FO successfully recovered global gravity field models. But the temporal and spa- tial resolution of the gravity field solutions have to be improved in order to meet the user requirements. New concepts for future satellite missions to recover the global gravity field are investigated by means of comprehensive simulations. In terms of sensor behavior, ac- celerometers are one major limiting factor. Thus, this dissertation focuses on them. Cold Atom Interferometry (CAI) accelerometers are promising candidates for future missions due to their long-term stability.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: vi, 161 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 978-3-7696-5328-1 , 9783769653281
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 391
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 2 Satellite Gravity Missions 2.1 Fundamentals of Gravity Field Recovery with Satellites 2.1.1 Motion of a Satellite in Space 2.1.2 Representation of the Earth’s Gravity Field 2.1.3 Orbit Design of Satellite Gravity Missions 2.2 Previous Satellite Gravity Missions 2.2.1 Missions and Measurement Concepts 2.2.2 State-of-the-art Sensors 2.2.3 State-of-the-art Control Systems 2.2.4 State-of-the-art Accelerometer Calibration 2.3 Concepts for Future Satellite Gravity Missions 2.3.1 Challenges of Satellite Gravity Missions and Requirements for Future Satellite Missions 2.3.2 Developments in the Sensor Technology 2.3.3 Concepts for Orbit Design 3 Evaluation of Simulation Environment 3.1 Overview of the Simulation Environment 3.2 Modeling of Non-gravitational Forces 3.3 Modeling of the Sensor Behavior 3.3.1 Classical Electrostatic Accelerometer 3.3.2 Cold Atom Interferometry Accelerometer 3.3.3 Ranging Measurement Instruments 3.4 Modeling of Control System Behavior 3.4.1 Drag-free Control 3.4.2 Attitude Control 3.5 Time-variable Background Modeling Errors 3.6 Gravity Field Recovery 3.6.1 Least-squares Adjustment 3.6.2 Range Accelerations 3.6.3 Gradiometry 3.6.4 Combination of Range Accelerations and Gravity Gradients 3.7 Summary 4 Impact of New Measurement Concepts on Gravity Field Recovery 4.1 Selection of Simulation Scenarios 4.2 Drag Compensation Analysis 4.2.1 Drag Compensation Requirements due to Accelerometer Imperfections for ll-SST Missions 4.2.2 Drag Compensation Requirements for Gradiometry due to Accelerometer Imperfections 4.2.3 Saturation of the Accelerometer 4.2.4 Propellant Consumption 4.3 Cold Atom Interferometry Accelerometer Analysis 4.4 Gravity Field Solutions using Different Accelerometer Types for ll-SST Missions 4.5 Gravity Field Solutions using Different Accelerometer Types for Gradiometry Missions 4.6 Combined Gravity Field Solutions from ll-SST and Cross-track Gradiometry 4.7 Summary 5 Summary and Outlook A Appendix A.1 Reference Frames A.2 Satellite Reference Attitudes for Attitude Control A.3 Simulation results - Gravity Field Solutions for ll-SST Missions A.3.1 Instrument-only scenarios A.3.2 Scenarios including AOD and Ocean-tide Error A.4 Simulation results - Combined Gravity Field Solutions from ll-SST and Crosstrack Gradiometry Bibliography List of Figures List of Tables Acronyms Acknowledgments
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Call number: AWI G5-24-95642
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research, 21
    In: Tracking environmental change using lake sediments, 6
    Description / Table of Contents: This book, entitled Tracking Environmental Change Using Lake Sediments: Volume 6 – Sedimentary DNA, provides an overview of the applications of sedimentary DNA-based approaches to paleolimnological studies. These approaches have shown considerable potential in providing information about the long-term changes of overall biodiversity in lakes and their watersheds in response to natural and anthropogenic changes, as well as tracking human migrations over the last thousands of years. Although the first studies investigating the preservation of these molecular proxies in sediments originate from the late-1990s, the number of scientific publications on this topic has increased greatly over the last five years. Alongside numerous ecological findings, several sedimentary DNA studies have been dedicated to understanding the reliability of this approach to reconstruct past ecosystem changes. Despite the major surge of interest, a comprehensive compilation of sedimentary DNA approaches and applications has yet to be attempted. The overall aim of this DPER volume is to fill this knowledge gap.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxiii, 437 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783031437991 , 978-3-031-43798-4 , 9783031437984
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 21
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Using Lake Sedimentary DNA to Reconstruct Biodiversity Changes / Eric Capo, Cécilia Barouillet, and John P. Smol 2 The Sources and Fates of Lake Sedimentary DNA / Charline Giguet-Covex, Stanislav Jelavić, Anthony Foucher, Marina A. Morlock, Susanna A. Wood, Femke Augustijns, Isabelle Domaizon, Ludovic Gielly, and Eric Capo 3 The Sedimentary Ancient DNA Workflow / Peter D. Heintzman, Kevin Nota, Alexandra Rouillard, Youri Lammers, Tyler J. Murchie, Linda Armbrecht, Sandra Garcés-Pastor, and Benjamin Vernot 4 Bacterial and Archaeal DNA from Lake Sediments / Aurèle Vuillemin, Marco J. L. Coolen, Jens Kallmeyer, Susanne Liebner, and Stefan Bertilsson 5 Cyanobacterial DNA from Lake Sediments / Marie-Eve Monchamp and Frances R. Pick 6 Protist DNA from Lake Sediments / Cécilia Barouillet, Isabelle Domaizon, and Eric Capo 7 Diatom DNA from Lake Sediments / Katharina Dulias, Laura S. Epp, and Kathleen R. Stoof-Leichsenring 8 Aquatic Vegetation DNA from Lake Sediments / Aloïs Revéret, Inger G. Alsos, and Peter D. Heintzman 9 Aquatic Animal DNA from Lake Sediments / Irene Gregory-Eaves, Marie-Eve Monchamp, and Zofia E. Taranu 10 Terrestrial Plant DNA from Lake Sediments / Sandra Garcés-Pastor, Kevin Nota, Dilli P. Rijal, Sisi Liu, Weihan Jia, Maria Leunda, Christoph Schwörer, Sarah E. Crump, Laura Parducci, and Inger G. Alsos 11 Terrestrial Fauna and Hominin DNA from Sedimentary Archives / Tyler J. Murchie, Charline Giguet-Covex, Peter D. Heintzman, Viviane Slon, and Yucheng Wang 12 An Overview of Biodiversity and Network Modeling Approaches: Applications to Sedimentary DNA Records / Zofia E. Taranu, Irene Gregory-Eaves, and Marie-Eve Monchamp 13 Perspectives and Future Developments Within Sedimentary DNA Research / Luke E. Holman, Yi Wang, Rikai Sawafuji, Laura S. Epp, Kristine Bohmann, and Mikkel Winther Pedersen Glossary, Acronyms and Abbreviations Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Call number: S 94.0499(15)
    In: Geowissenschaftliche Mitteilungen von Thüringen
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 59 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Series Statement: Geowissenschaftliche Mitteilungen von Thüringen Band 15
    Language: German
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Jena : Thüringer Landesamt für Umwelt, Bergbau und Natuschutz (TLUBN)
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 94.0499(16)
    In: Geowissenschaftliche Mitteilungen von Thüringen
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 94 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Edition: Stand: September 2023
    Series Statement: Geowissenschaftliche Mitteilungen von Thüringen Band 16
    Language: German
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Humana Press
    Call number: AWI Bio-24-95664
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume provides detailed protocols for the isolation, enumeration, characterization of diverse bacteriophages, including both small to jumbo bacteriophages, from soil, fecal, municipal wastewater, and from food niche samples. Chapters highlight the diversity of bacteriophages in different environments, quantifications using culture, molecular techniques, protocols for isolate, interaction of bacteriophage proteins with host cells, and how to use bacteriophages to transfer foreign genetic elements to bacterial strains. In addition to the above, chapters feature the application of bacteriophages/bacteriophage-derived products. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips (in the Notes section) on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Authoritative and cutting-edge, Bacteriophages: Methods and Protocols aims to ensure successful results in further study of this vital field.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 431 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-1-0716-3548-3 , 9781071635483
    ISSN: 1064-3745 , 1940-6029
    Series Statement: Methods in Molecular Biology 2738
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Contributors PART I AN OVERVIEW OF THE DIVERSITY OF BACTERIOPHAGES 1 Structural and Genomic Diversity of Bacteriophages / Bert Ely, Jacob Lenski, and Tannaz Mohammadi 2 The Diversity of Bacteriophages in the Human Gut / Amanda Carroll-Portillo, Derek M. Lin, and Henry C. Lin 3 Breaking the Ice: A Review of Phages in Polar Ecosystems / Mara Elena Heinrichs, Gonçalo J. Piedade, Ovidiu Popa, Pacifica Sommers, Gareth Trubl, Julia Weissenbach, and Janina Rahlff 4 The Diversity of Bacteriophages in Hot Springs / Timothy J. Marks and Isabella R. Rowland PART II ISOLATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES 5 Isolation of Bacteriophages from Soil Samples in a Poorly Equipped Field Laboratory in Kruger National Park / Ayesha Hassim and Kgaugelo Edward Lekota 6 Purification and Up-Concentration of Bacteriophages and Viruses from Fecal Samples / Frej Larsen, Rasmus Riemer Jakobsen, Xiaotian Mao, Josue Castro-Mejia, Ling Deng, and Dennis S. Nielsen 7 Isolation of Enterococcus Bacteriophages from Municipal Wastewater Samples Using an Enrichment Step / Cory Schwarz and Jacques Mathieu 8 Phage DNA Extraction, Genome Assembly, and Genome Closure / Justin Boeckman, Mei Liu, Jolene Ramsey, and Jason Gill PART III ENUMERATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES 9 Enumeration of Bacteriophages by Plaque Assay / Diana Elizabeth Waturangi 10 Detection and Quantification of Bacteriophages in Wastewater Samples by Culture and Molecular Methods/ Laura Sala-Comorera, Maite Muniesa, and Lorena Rodríguez-Rubio 11 Flow Virometry: A Fluorescence-Based Approach to Enumerate Bacteriophages in Liquid Samples / Elena A. Dlusskaya and Rafik Dey 12 A Metagenomics Approach to Enumerate Bacteriophages in a Food Niche / Kelsey White, Giovanni Eraclio, Gabriele Andrea Lugli, Marco Ventura, Jennifer Mahony, Fabio Dal Bello, and Douwe van Sinderen PART IV CHARACTERIZATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES 13 Bioinformatic Analysis of Staphylococcus Phages: A Key Step for Safe Cocktail Development / Soledad Telma Carrasco and He´ctor Ricardo Morbidoni 14 Use of Localized Reconstruction to Visualize the Shigella Phage Sf6 Tail Apparatus / Chun-Feng David Hou, Fenglin Li, Stephano Iglesias, and Gino Cingolani 15 Bacteriophage–Host Interactions and Coevolution / Diana M. Álvarez-Espejo, Dácil Rivera, and Andrea I. Moreno-Switt 16 Unraveling Physical Interactions of Clostridioides difficile with Phage and Phage-Derived Proteins Using In Vitro and Whole-Cell Assays / Wichuda Phothichaisri, Tanaporn Phetruen, Surang Chankhamhaengdecha, Tavan Janvilisri, Puey Ounjai, Robert P. Fagan, and Sittinan Chanarat 17 Phage Transduction of Staphylococcus aureus / Melissa-Jane Chu Yuan Kee and John Chen PART V APPLICATION OF BACTERIOPHAGES AND BACTERIOPHAGE-DERIVED COMPONENTS 18 The Next Generation of Drug Delivery: Harnessing the Power of Bacteriophages / Alaa A. A. Aljabali, Mohammad B. M. Aljbaly, Mohammad A. Obeid, Seyed Hossein Shahcheraghi, and Murtaza M. Tambuwala 19 Construction of Nonnatural Cysteine-Cross-Linked Phage Libraries / Brittney Chau, Kristi Liivak, and Jianmin Gao 20 Application of Deep Sequencing in Phage Display / Vincent Van Deuren, Sander Plessers, Rob Lavigne, and Johan Robben 21 The Application of Bacteriophage and Photoacoustic Flow Cytometry in Bacterial Identification / Robert H. Edgar, Anie-Pier Samson, and John A. Viator 22 Propagation, Purification, and Characterization of Bacteriophages for Phage Therapy / Katarzyna Kosznik-Kwaśnicka, Gracja Topka, Jagoda Mantej, Łukasz Grabowski, Agnieszka Necel, Grzegorz Węgrzyn, and Alicja Węgrzyn 23 Overcoming Bacteriophage Resistance in Phage Therapy / Elina Laanto 24 Bacteriophage Virus-Like Particles: Platforms for Vaccine Design / Ebenezer Tumban Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93399
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a cross-disciplinary overview of permafrost and the carbon cycle by providing an introduction into the geographical distribution of permafrost, with a focus on the distribution of permafrost and its soil carbon reservoirs. The chapters explain the basic physical properties and processes of permafrost soils: ice, mineral and organic components, and how these interact with climate, vegetation and geomorphological processes. In particular, the book covers the role of the large quantities of ice in many permafrost soils which are crucial to understanding carbon cycle processes. An explanation is given on how permafrost becomes loaded with ice and carbon. Gas hydrates are also introduced. Structures and processes formed by the intense freeze-thaw action in the active layer are considered (e.g. ice wedging, cryoturbation), and the processes that occur as the permafrost thaws, (pond and lake formation, erosion). The book introduces soil carbon accumulation and decomposition mechanisms and how these are modified in a permafrost environment. A separate chapter deals with deep permafrost carbon, gas reservoirs and recently discovered methane emission phenomena from regions such as Northwest Siberia and the Siberian yedoma permafrost.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xv, 508 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030313784
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 What Is Permafrost and Where Does it Occur? 1.2 Research on Permafrost: A Shifting Focus from Ice to Carbon 1.3 The Permafrost Carbon Feedback 1.4 Setting the Stage 1.4.1 Climate in Permafrost Areas 1.4.2 Vegetation in Permafrost Areas 1.4.3 Peatlands and Wetlands 1.4.4 Soils 1.4.5 Ice Age Permafrost 1.4.6 Geomorphology 1.5 Recent and Future Climate Change 1.6 The Uncertain Future of Permafrost References 2 The Energy Balance of Permafrost Soils and Ecosystems 2.1 The Radiation Balance 2.2 Latent, Sensible and Conductive Heat Fluxes 2.2.1 Partitioning of the Radiative Flux into Turbulent and Conductive Fluxes 2.2.2 Measurement Uncertainty 2.3 Heat Balance of Vegetation Cover 2.4 Seasonality of the Surface Heat Balance Illustrated by Data 2.4.1 Summer 2.4.2 Winter Cooling 2.4.3 Changes in the Heat Balance and Climate Change 2.5 Ground Heat Flux 2.5.1 Soil Profile Scale 2.5.2 The Effect of Ground Surface Conditions on Soil Temperature and Heat Flux 2.5.3 Large Scale Approaches 2.6 Deeper Permafrost Temperature Profile and Lateral Heat Fluxes 2.7 Lakes and Other Water Bodies References 3 The Role of Ground Ice 3.1 Basic Soil Ice Characteristics 3.2 Ice Segregation and Frost Heave 3.2.1 Ice Segregation Process 3.2.2 Environmental Conditions for Ice Segregation 3.3 Cracking and Wedging 3.3.1 Processes of Ice Wedge Formation 3.3.2 Ice Wedges in the Landscape 3.4 Frost Mounds 3.4.1 Palsas and Similar Features 3.4.2 Pingos 3.5 Cryoturbation and Patterned Ground 3.6 Slope Process: Solifluction and Cryogenic Landslides 3.7 Contribution of Ice to Rock Weathering 3.8 Ice and Hydrology 3.8.1 Active Layer Hydrological Processes 3.8.2 Runoff and River Discharge 3.9 Thaw Lakes 3.9.1 Thaw Lake Formation and Geomorphology 3.9.2 Thaw Lake Disappearance 3.10 Mapping Ice Content References 4 Permafrost Carbon Quantities and Fluxes 4.1 The Ecosystem Carbon Balance 4.1.1 Terrestrial Environments 4.1.2 Lakes 4.1.3 The Greenhouse Gas Balance 4.2 Vegetation Primary Production 4.2.1 Photosynthesis and Carbon Allocation 4.2.2 Primary Production in a Cold Climate 4.3 Vegetation Composition: Effects on the Carbon Cycle 4.4 Carbon Quantity in Permafrost Soils and Frozen Deposits 4.4.1 Yedoma Deposits 4.4.2 Peat 4.4.3 Alluvial and Lake Sediments 4.4.4 Landscape-Scale Variation of the Soil Organic Carbon Stock 4.5 Soil Organic Matter Quality and Decomposition 4.5.1 Organic Matter Quality in Permafrost 4.5.2 Carbon Conservation in Permafrost 4.5.3 Decomposer Communities in Cold and Waterlogged Soils 4.5.4 Organic Matter Decomposition Reaction Rates and Their Dependence on Temperature 4.5.5 Nutrient Cycles and Nitrous Oxide 4.5.6 Ecosystem Methane Emission 4.6 Ecosystem Carbon Flux Data 4.6.1 Quantifying Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes of Permafrost Ecosystems by Surface Measurements 4.6.2 Temporal and Spatial Variability of Permafrost Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes References 5 Permafrost in Transition 5.1 Which Changes? 5.2 Diffuse Permafrost Thaw 5.2.1 Observations of Active Layer Thickness and Surface Subsidence 5.2.2 Relation of Active Layer Thickness with Climate Change 5.2.3 Carbon Cycle Effects of Active Layer and Soil Temperature Change 5.2.4 Self-Heating Effect 5.3 Permafrost Thaw and Geomorphological Change 5.3.1 Thaw Pond and Fen Development 5.3.2 Thaw Lake Expansion 5.3.3 Thaw Lake Carbon Cycle Change 5.3.4 Erosion 5.4 Hydrological Changes 5.4.1 Water Balance: Groundwater Hydrology and Permafrost Thaw 5.4.2 Water Balance: Precipitation and Evapotranspiration 5.4.3 River Discharge Changes and Flooding 5.4.4 Water Transport of Carbon and Nutrients 5.4.5 Soil Hydrology Changes – Wetting or Drying? 5.4.6 Soil Hydrology Changes – Carbon Cycle Effects References 6 Vegetation Change 6.1 Zonal Vegetation Shifts 6.1.1 Present Climate-Related Vegetation Change 6.1.2 Arctic Greening and Browning 6.1.3 Feedbacks on Climate and Soil Temperature 6.1.4 Carbon Balance Effects of Vegetation Change 6.1.5 Fire 6.2 Thawing Permafrost and Vegetation 6.2.1 Effects of Permafrost Thaw on Vegetation: Nutrient Release 6.2.2 Below-Ground Interaction of Root Systems with Nutrients and Soil Carbon 6.2.3 Abrupt Thaw and Vegetation 6.2.4 Resilience 6.3 Human Vegetation Disturbance: Industrialisation and Agriculture References 7 Methane 7.1 Deep CH4 Sources 7.2 Climate Change Related Release of Deep Permafrost CH4 7.3 Cryovolcanism: Gas Emission Craters 7.4 CH4 Emissions in Perspective: Ecosystem Emissons, CO2 and N2O References 8 Models: Forecasting the Present and Future of Permafrost 8.1 Land Surface Models 8.2 Permafrost Models 8.3 The Carbon Cycle in Models 8.4 Geomorphology: Lake Formation and Erosion in Models 8.5 Outlook References Glossary Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93985
    Description / Table of Contents: Der zentralasiatische Naturraum, wie er sich uns heute präsentiert, ist das Ergebnis eines Zusammenwirkens vieler verschiedener Faktoren über Jahrmillionen hinweg. Im aktuellen Kontext des Klimawandels zeigt sich jedoch, wie stark sich Stoffflüsse auch kurzfristig ändern und dabei das Gesicht der Landschaft verwandeln können. Die Gobi-Wüste in der Inneren Mongolei (China), als Teil der gleichnamigen Trockenregionen Nordwestchinas, ist aufgrund der Ausgestaltung ihrer landschaftsprägenden Elemente sowie ihrer Landschaftsdynamik, im Zusammenhang mit der Lage zum Tibet-Plateau, in den Fokus der klimageschichtlichen Grundlagenforschung gerückt. Als großes Langzeitarchiv unterschiedlichster fluvialer, lakustriner und äolischer Sedimente stellt sie eine bedeutende Lokalität zur Rekonstruktion von lokalen und regionalen Stoffflüssen dar.. Andererseits ist die Gobi-Wüste zugleich auch eine bedeutende Quelle für den überregionalen Staubtransport, da sie aufgrund der klimatischen Bedingungen insbesondere der Erosion durch Ausblasung preisgegeben wird. Vor diesem Hintergrund erfolgten zwischen 2011 und 2014, im Rahmen des BMBF-Verbundprogramms WTZ Zentralasien – Monsundynamik & Geoökosysteme (Förderkennzeichen 03G0814), mehrere deutsch-chinesische Expeditionen in das Ejina-Becken (Innere Mongolei) und das Qilian Shan-Vorland. Im Zuge dieser Expeditionen wurden für eine Bestimmung potenzieller Sedimentquellen erstmals zahlreiche Oberflächenproben aus dem gesamten Einzugsgebiet des Heihe (schwarzer Fluss) gesammelt. Zudem wurden mit zwei Bohrungen im inneren des Ejina-Beckens, ergänzende Sedimentbohrkerne zum bestehenden Bohrkern D100 (siehe Wünnemann (2005)) abgeteuft, um weit reichende, ergänzende Informationen zur Landschaftsgeschichte und zum überregionalen Sedimenttransfer zu erhalten. Gegenstand und Ziel der vorliegenden Doktorarbeit ist die sedimentologisch-mineralogische Charakterisierung des Untersuchungsgebietes in Bezug auf potenzielle Sedimentquellen und Stoffflüsse des Ejina-Beckens sowie die Rekonstruktion der Ablagerungsgeschichte eines dort erbohrten, 19m langen Sedimentbohrkerns (GN100). Schwerpunkt ist hierbei die Klärung der Sedimentherkunft innerhalb des Bohrkerns sowie die Ausweisung von Herkunftssignalen und möglichen Sedimentquellen bzw. Sedimenttransportpfaden. Die methodische Herangehensweise basiert auf einem Multi-Proxy-Ansatz zur Charakterisierung der klastischen Sedimentfazies anhand von Geländebeobachtungen, lithologisch-granulometrischen und mineralogisch-geochemischen Analysen sowie statistischen Verfahren. Für die mineralogischen Untersuchungen der Sedimente wurde eine neue, rasterelektronenmikroskopische Methode zur automatisierten Partikelanalyse genutzt und den traditionellen Methoden gegenübergestellt. Die synoptische Betrachtung der granulometrischen, geochemischen und mineralogischen Befunde der Oberflächensedimente ergibt für das Untersuchungsgebiet ein logisches Kaskadenmodell mit immer wiederkehrenden Prozessbereichen und ähnlichen Prozesssignalen. Die umfangreichen granulometrischen Analysen deuten dabei auf abnehmende Korngrößen mit zunehmender Entfernung vom Qilian Shan hin und ermöglichen die Identifizierung von vier texturellen Signalen: den fluvialen Sanden, den Dünensanden, den Stillwassersedimenten und Stäuben. Diese Ergebnisse können als Interpretationsgrundlage für die Korngrößenanalysen des Bohrkerns genutzt werden. Somit ist es möglich, die Ablagerungsgeschichte der Bohrkernsedimente zu rekonstruieren und in Verbindung mit eigenen und literaturbasierten Datierungen in einen Gesamtkontext einzuhängen. Für das Untersuchungsgebiet werden somit vier Ablagerungsphasen ausgewiesen, die bis in die Zeit des letzten glazialen Maximums (LGM) zurückreichen. Während dieser Ablagerungsphasen kam es im Zuge unterschiedlicher Aktivitäts- und Stabilitätsphasen zu einer kontinuierlichen Progradation und Überprägung des Schwemmfächers. Eine besonders aktive Phase kann zwischen 8 ka und 4 ka BP festgestellt werden, während der es aufgrund zunehmender fluvialer Aktivitäten zu einer deutlich verstärkten Schwemmfächerdynamik gekommen zu sein scheint. In den Abschnitten davor und danach waren es vor allem äolische Prozesse, die zu einer Überprägung des Schwemmfächers geführt haben. Hinsichtlich der mineralogischen Herkunftssignale gibt es eine große Variabilität. Dies spiegelt die enorme Heterogenität der Geologie des Untersuchungsgebietes wider, wodurch die räumlichen Signale nicht sehr stark ausgeprägt sind. Dennoch, können für das Einzugsgebiet drei größere Bereiche deklariert werden, die als Herkunftsgebiet in Frage kommen. Das östliche Qilian Shan Vorland zeichnet sich dabei durch deutlich höhere Chloritgehalte als primäre Quelle für die Sedimente im Ejina-Becken aus. Sie unterscheiden sich insbesondere durch stark divergierende Chloritgehalte in der Tonmineral- und Gesamtmineralfraktion, was das östliche Qilian Shan Vorland als primäre Quelle für die Sedimente im Ejina-Becken auszeichnet. Dies steht in Zusammenhang mit den Grünschiefern, Ophioliten und Serpentiniten in diesem Bereich. Geochemisch deutet vor allem das Cr/Rb-Verhältnis eine große Variabilität innerhalb des Einzugsgebietes an. Auch hier ist es das östliche Vorland, welches aufgrund seines hohen Anteils an mafischen Gesteinen reich an Chromiten und Spinellen ist und sich somit vom restlichen Untersuchungsgebiet abhebt. Die zeitliche aber auch die generelle Variabilität der Sedimentherkunft lässt sich in den Bohrkernsedimenten nicht so deutlich nachzeichnen. Die mineralogisch-sedimentologischen Eigenschaften der erbohrten klastischen Sedimente zeugen zwar von zwischenzeitlichen Änderungen bei der Sedimentherkunft, diese sind jedoch nicht so deutlich ausgeprägt, wie es die Quellsignale in den Oberflächensedimenten vermuten lassen. Ein Grund dafür scheint die starke Vermischung unterschiedlichster Sedimente während des Transportes zu sein. Die Kombination der Korngrößenergebnisse mit den Befunden der Gesamt- und Schwermineralogie deuten darauf hin, dass es zwischenzeitlich eine Phase mit überwiegend äolischen Prozessen gegeben hat, die mit einem Sedimenteintrag aus dem westlichen Bei Shan in Verbindung stehen. Neben der Zunahme ultrastabiler Schwerminerale wie Zirkon und Granat und der Abnahme opaker Schwerminerale, weisen vor allem die heutigen Verhältnisse darauf hin. Der Vergleich der traditionellen Schwermineralanalyse mit der Computer-Controlled-Scanning-Electron-Microscopy (kurz: CCSEM), die eine automatisierte Partikelauswertung der Proben ermöglicht, zeigt den deutlichen Vorteil der modernen Analysemethode. Neben einem zeitlichen Vorteil, den man durch die automatisierte Abarbeitung der vorbereiteten Proben erlangen kann, steht vor allem die deutlich größere statistische Signifikanz des Ergebnisses im Vordergrund. Zudem können mit dieser Methode auch chemische Varietäten einiger Schwerminerale bestimmt werden, die eine noch feinere Klassifizierung und sicherere Aussagen zu einer möglichen Sedimentherkunft ermöglichen. Damit ergeben sich außerdem verbesserte Aussagen zu Zusammensetzungen und Entstehungsprozessen der abgelagerten Sedimente. Die Studie verdeutlicht, dass die Sedimentherkunft innerhalb des Untersuchungsgebietes sowie die ablaufenden Prozesse zum Teil stark von lokalen Gegebenheiten abhängen. Die Heterogenität der Geologie und die Größe des Einzugsgebietes sowie die daraus resultierende Komplexität der Sedimentgenese, machen exakte Zuordnungen zu klar definierten Sedimentquellen sehr schwer. Dennoch zeigen die Ergebnisse, dass die Sedimentzufuhr in das Ejina-Becken in erster Linie durch fluviale klastische Sedimente des Heihe aus dem Qilian Shan erfolgt sein muss. Die Untersuchungsergebnisse zeigen jedoch ebenso die Notwendigkeit einer ergänzenden Bearbeitung angrenzender Untersuchungsgebiete, wie beispielsweise den Gobi-Altai im Norden oder den Beishan im Westen, sowie die Verdichtung der Oberflächenbeprobung zur feineren Auflösung von lokalen Sedimentquellen.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xi, 186 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: German
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS Zusammenfassung Inhaltsverzeichnis Abbildungsverzeichnis Tabellenverzeichnis Abkürzungsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung 1.1 Einleitung 1.2 Wissenschaftliches Ziel 2 Stand der Forschung 3 Einführung in das Untersuchungsgebiet 3.1 Lage und Physiogeographie 3.2 Geologie 3.3 Geomorphologie 3.3.1 Ejina-Becken 3.3.2 Hexi-Korridor & Qilian Shan 3.4 Klima 4 Methoden 4.1 Probennahme - Strategie und Bohrung 4.2 Probenpräparation 4.3 Tonmineralanalyse 4.4 Schwermineralanalyse 4.4.1 Probenpräparation 4.4.2 Polarisationsmikroskopie 4.4.3 Röntgendiffraktometrie (XRD) 4.4.4 Computer Controlled Scanning Electron Microscopy (CCSEM) 4.5 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 4.6 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 4.6.1 Röntgenfluoreszenz (Einzelproben Analyse) 4.6.2 Röntgenfluoreszenz (Kernscan) 4.7 Korngrößenanalyse 4.8 Geochronologie 4.9 Räumliche Datenanalyse 5 Ergebnisse 5.1 Oberflächensedimente 5.1.1 Probensätze 5.1.2 Korngrößenanalyse 5.1.3 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 5.1.4 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 5.1.5 Tonmineralogie 5.1.6 Schwermineralogie 5.2 Bohrkern GN100 5.2.1 Lithostratigraphie 5.2.2 Korngrößenanalyse 5.2.3 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 5.2.4 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 5.2.5 Tonmineralogie 5.2.6 Schwermineralogie 5.2.7 Datierungen 6 Diskussion 6.1 Korngrößenvariationen und texturelle Signale der Oberflächensedimente 6.2 Mineralogische und geochemische Herkunftssignale der Oberflächensedimente 6.2.1 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 6.2.2 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 6.2.3 Tonmineralogie 6.2.4 Schwermineralogie 6.3 Heutige Sedimenttransportpfade - Synoptische Betrachtung der aktuellen Oberflächensignale 6.4 Korngrößenvariationen und texturelle Signale der Bohrkernsedimente (GN100) 6.5 Mineralogische und geochemische Herkunftssignale der Bohrkernsedimente (GN100) 6.6 Zeitliche Dimension des Sedimenteintrags - Ablagerungsgeschichte des Bohrkerns GN100 6.6.1 Darstellung der Sedimentherkunft und Ablagerungsgeschichte im Untersuchungsgebiet Schlussfolgerungen Literaturverzeichnis Anhang
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Stuttgart : Schweizerbart Science Publishers
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 00.0063(89)
    In: Schriftenreihe der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Geowissenschaften
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 648 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-510-49241-1
    Series Statement: Schriftenreihe der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Geowissenschaften Heft 89
    Language: German
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hannover : Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 99.0139 (368)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 189 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-7696-5276-5
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 368
    Language: German
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Call number: AWI P5-20-94119
    Description / Table of Contents: Der exklusive Fotoband zur Jahrhundertexpedition in die Arktis. Im September 2019 legte die Polarstern in Richtung Arktis ab - an Bord das internationale MOSAiC-Forscherteam, das die Auswirkungen des Klimawandels auf das ewige Eis erkundet. Chronologisch aufgebaut dokumentiert der bildgewaltige Band in bisher ungesehenen Fotografien von Esther Horvath Leben und Arbeiten während der einjährigen Reise unter den extremen Bedingungen am Nordpol. Begleitet von kenntnisreichen Essays und Textbeiträgen von Experten, Wissenschaftlern und Expeditionsteilnehmern ist der Band ein eindrucksvolles Zeugnis der wohl größten klimatischen Herausforderung unserer Zeit und bietet Einblicke in dieses einmalige Forschungsprojekt sowie die spektakuläre, schützenswerte Polarlandschaft.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 240 Seiten , 250 Illustrationen , 30.5 cm x 24.5 cm
    ISBN: 978-3-7913-8669-0
    Language: German
    Note: Vorwort Prolog Die Vermessung einer schwindenden Welt Feuertaufe Vorbereitung für den Einsatz am Limit Leinen los Aufbruch ins arktische Eis Die Erfindung der Eisdrift Die Drift Vom Aufbau des nördlichsten Forschungscamps Atmosphärenforschung Das Observatorium Aufzeichnungen aus dem Eis Das arktische Meereis Alltag Leben am Ende der Welt Das Ökosystem der Arktis Die Forschung des Teams Biogeochemie Nachtschicht Forschung bei 24 Stunden Dunkelheit Ozeanforschung und Klimawandel Schichtwechsel Ablösung am Nordpol Im Gespräch mit Esther Horvath Eine andere Welt Drift durch den arktischen Sommer Dank Impressum
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Zürich : Orell Füssli Verlag
    Call number: M 20.93849
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Neue Zürcher Zeitung zählt zu den bedeutendsten Tageszeitungen deutscher Sprache und wird auch international sehr geschätzt. Seit gut zwanzig Jahren durchlebt sie jedoch einen Modernisierungsprozess von großer Radikalität und mit weitreichenden Folgen: Dies ist das Porträt einer nationalen Institution und ihres Wandels. Auch eine Zeitung wie die NZZ muss sich, wie alle Printmedien, im Zeitalter des Internets und der Globalisierung neu erfinden. Eine Notwendigkeit, die umso brutaler und tiefgreifender erfolgt, als das Ausmaß des digitalen Siegeszugs und des Wandels der Lesegewohnheiten lange unterschätzt wurde und zusätzlich erschwert wird durch den bisherigen Erfolg und die hohe Anerkennung, der sich die NZZ - national wie international - erfreut. Dieses Buch schildert die radikalen Veränderungen und Umwälzungen eines Weltblatts ab den 1970er-Jahren bis in die Gegenwart, liefert Einblicke ins Innere der NZZ, unterhält mit Episoden aus dem Redaktions- und Korrespondentdasein.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 285 Seiten
    ISBN: 978-3-280-05716-2
    Language: German
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94687
    Description / Table of Contents: Permafrost is warming globally, which leads to widespread permafrost thaw and impacts the surrounding landscapes, ecosystems and infrastructure. Especially ice-rich permafrost is vulnerable to rapid and abrupt thaw, resulting from the melting of excess ground ice. Local remote sensing studies have detected increasing rates of abrupt permafrost disturbances, such as thermokarst lake change and drainage, coastal erosion and RTS in the last two decades. All of which indicate an acceleration of permafrost degradation. In particular retrogressive thaw slumps (RTS) are abrupt disturbances that expand by up to several meters each year and impact local and regional topographic gradients, hydrological pathways, sediment and nutrient mobilisation into aquatic systems, and increased permafrost carbon mobilisation. The feedback between abrupt permafrost thaw and the carbon cycle is a crucial component of the Earth system and a relevant driver in global climate models. However, an assessment of RTS at high temporal resolution to determine the ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxiv, 134 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung List of Figures List of Tables Abbreviations 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific background and motivation 1.1.1 Permafrost and climate change 1.1.2 Permafrost thaw and disturbances 1.1.3 Abrupt permafrost disturbances 1.1.4 Remote sensing 1.1.5 Remote sensing of permafrost disturbances 1.2 Aims and objectives 1.3 Study area 1.4 General data and methods 1.4.1 Landsat and Sentinel-2 1.4.2 Google Earth Engine 1.5 Thesis structure 1.6 Overview of publications and authors’ contribution 1.6.1 Chapter 2 - Comparing Spectral Characteristics of Landsat-8 and Sentinel-2 Same-Day Data for Arctic-Boreal Regions 1.6.2 Chapter 3 - Mosaicking Landsat and Sentinel-2 Data to Enhance LandTrendr Time Series Analysis in Northern High Latitude Permafrost Regions 1.6.3 Chapter 4 - Remote Sensing Annual Dynamics of Rapid Permafrost Thaw Disturbances with LandTrendr 2 Comparing Spectral Characteristics of Landsat-8 and Sentinel-2 Same-Day Data for Arctic-Boreal Regions 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Study Sites 2.3.2 Data 2.3.3 Data Processing 2.3.3.1 Filtering Image Collections 2.3.3.2 Creating L8, S2, and Site Masks 2.3.3.3 Preparing Sentinel-2 Surface Reflectance Images in SNAP 2.3.3.4 Applying Site Masks 2.3.4 Spectral Band Comparison and Adjustment 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Spectral Band Comparison 2.4.2 Spectral Band Adjustment 2.4.3 ES and HLS Spectral Band Adjustment 2.5 Discussion 2.6 Conclusions 2.7 Acknowledgements 2.8 Appendix Chapter 2 3 Mosaicking Landsat and Sentinel-2 Data to Enhance LandTrendr Time Series Analysis in Northern High Latitude Permafrost Regions 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Materials and Methods 3.3.1 Study Sites 3.3.2 Data 3.3.3 Data Processing and Mosaicking Workflow 3.3.4 Data Availability Assessment 3.3.5 Mosaic Coverage and Quality Assessment 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Data Availability Assessment 3.4.2 Mosaic Coverage and Quality Assessment 3.5 Discussion 3.6 Conclusions 4 Remote Sensing Annual Dynamics of Rapid Permafrost Thaw Disturbances with LandTrendr 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study Area and Methods 4.3.1 Study area 4.3.2 General workflow and ground truth data 4.3.3 Data and LandTrendr 4.3.4 Index selection 4.3.5 Temporal Segmentation 4.3.6 Spectral Filtering 4.3.7 Spatial masking and filtering 4.3.8 Machine-learning object filter 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Focus sites 4.4.2 North Siberia 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Mapping of RTS 4.5.2 Spatio-temporal variability of RTS dynamics 4.5.3 LT-LS2 capabilities and limitations 4.6 Conclusion 4.7 Appendix 5 Synthesis and Discussion 5.1 Google Earth Engine 5.2 Landsat and Sentinel-2 5.3 Image mosaics and disturbance detection algorithm 5.4 Mapping RTS and their annual temporal dynamics 5.5 Limitations and technical considerations 5.6 Key findings 5.7 Outlook References Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94767
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XVIII, 165 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Table of Contents Acknowledgements Abstract Zusammenfassung List of figure List of tables List of abbreviation Chapter 1 1. Introduction 1.1 Research background 1.1.1 Response of mountain plant diversity to climate change 1.1.2 Response of Arctic vegetation composition and diversity to climate change 1.1.3 Understanding the critical mechanisms of community assembly are essential for sustaining ecosystem services 1.1.4 Pollen analysis as a traditional tool for representing palaeovegetation 1.1.5. Sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) is a useful tool for Quaternary ecology tracking 1.2 Study area 1.3 Aims and objectives 1.4 Structure of the thesis 1.4.1 Overview of the chapter 1.4.2 Author's contributions 1.4.3 Methods Chapter 2 2 Manuscript 1: Sedimentary ancient DNA reveals warming-induced alpine habitat loss threat to Tibetan Plateau plant diversity 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Results and discussion 2.4 Methods 2.5 Acknowledgements · Chapter 3 3 Manuscript 2: Holocene vegetation and plant diversity changes in the north-eastern Siberian treeline region from pollen and sedimentary ancient DNA 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Materials and methods 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Lake sediment cores and subsampling 3.3.3 Dating 3.3.4 Pollen analysis 3.3.5 DNA extraction and amplification 3.3.6 Sequencing filtering and taxonomic assignment 3.3.7 Statistical analyses 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Chronology 3.4.2 SedaDNA and pollen assemblages 3.4.3 Gradient analysis and correlation analysis 3.5 Discussion 3 .5.1 Contributions of pollen and sedaDNA to vegetation reconstruction and taxon richness 3.5.2 Variation in Holocene vegetation composition in the Omoloy area, north-eastern Siberia 3.5.3 SedaDNA-based plant diversity changes within lake catchments of the Omoloy region 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Acknowledgements Chapter 4 4 Manuscript 3: Vegetation reconstruction from Siberia and Tibetan Plateau using modern analogue technique - comparing sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) and pollen data 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Materials and methods 4.3.1 Sites ofthe modern analogues 4.3.2 Sedimentary (ancient) DNA collection 4.3.3 Metabarcoding data processing and filtering 4.3.4 Pollen data collection 4.3.5 Numerical analysis 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Modern training-set, ROC curve analyses and AT results 4.4.2 Modern analogues for Lake Naleng and Omoloy lake II 4.4.3 Vegetation type reconstruction based on MAT 4.4.4 Projecting fossil samples in ordination space of modern assemblages 4.4.5 Comparing past and present intertaxa relationships 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Assessment of analogue quality using modem training-sets 4·5·2 Comparison of sed(a)DNA-based and pollen-based vegetation reconstruction for the Lake Naleng, Tibetan Plateau 4.5.3 Comparison of sedDNA based and pollen-based vegetation reconstruction for the Lake Omoloy, northern Siberia 4.6 Conclusions 4.7 Acknowledgements Chapter 5 5 Manuscript 4: Terrestrial-aquatic ecosystem links on the Tibetan Plateau inferred from sedaDNA shotgun sequencin 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Results 5.4 Discussions 5.5 Methods 5.6 Acknowledgments Chapter 6 6 Synthesis 6.1 The ability of metabarcoding and metagenomic shotgun sequencing to reveal ecological community pattern 6.2 Driver of plant diversity change in high altitude and high latitudes 6.3 High-altitude and high-latitude vegetation type change 6.4 Past terrestrial and aquatic ecological change at ecosystem-scale 6.5 Conclusions and outlook Appendix 1 Appendix-1 Materials for Manuscript #1 1.1 Appendix discussion: Contamination in NTC6 2. Appendix-2 Materials for Manuscript #2 3. Appendix-3 Materials for Manuscript #3 4. Appendix-4 Materials for Manuscript #4 References Eidesstattliche Erklarung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Call number: S 99.0139(362)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 362
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: XV, 143 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 362
    Language: English
    Note: 1 Introduction 1.1 Contributions 1.2 Thesis outline 2 Basics 2.1 Convolutional Neural Networks 2.1.1 Training 2.1.2 CNN Architectures 2.2 Active Shape Model 2.3 Monte Carlo based optimisation 3 State of the art 3.1 Data driven approaches 3.1.1 Viewpoint prediction 3.1.2 3D pose prediction 3.1.3 3D pose and shape prediction 3.2 Model driven approaches 3.2.1 Shape priors 3.2.2 Scene priors 3.2.3 Shape aware reconstruction 3.2.4 Optimisation 3.3 Discussion 4 Methodology 4.1 Overview 4.1.1 Input 4.1.2 Problem statement 4.1.3 Scene layout 4.1.4 Detection of vehicles 4.2 Subcategory-aware 3D shape prior 4.2.1 Geometrical representation 4.2.2 Mode Learning 4.3 Multi-Task CNN 4.3.1 Input branch 4.3.2 Vehicle type branch 4.3.3 Viewpoint branch 4.3.4 Keypoint/Wireframe branch 4.3.5 Training 4.4 Probabilistic vehicle reconstruction 4.4.1 3D likelihood 4.4.2 Keypoint likelihood 4.4.3 Wireframe likelihood 4.4.4 Position prior 4.4.5 Orientation prior 4.4.6 Shape prior 4.4.7 Inference 4.5 Discussion 5 Experimental setup 5.1 Objectives 5.2 Test data 5.2.1 KITTI benchmark 5.2.2 ICSENS data set 5.3 Parameter settings and training 5.3.1 Learning the ASM 5.3.2 Training of the CNN 5.4 Evaluation strategy and evaluation criteria 5.4.1 Detection 5.4.2 Multi-Task CNN 5.4.3 Probabilistic model for vehicle reconstruction 5.4.4 Comparison to related methods 6 Results and discussion 6.1 Detection 6.2 Evaluation of the CNN components 6.2.1 Evaluation of the viewpoint branch 6.2.2 Evaluation of the vehicle type branch 6.3 Ablation studies of the model components 6.3.1 Analysis of the observation likelihoods 6.3.2 Analysis of the state priors 6.4 Analysis of the full model for vehicle reconstruction 6.4.1 Evaluation of the pose 6.4.2 Evaluation of the shape 6.4.3 Analysis of further aspects 6.5 Comparison to related methods 6.6 Discussion 6.6.1 Likelihood terms 6.6.2 State priors 6.6.3 Full model 6.6.4 Inference 7 Conclusion and outlook , Sprache der Kurzfassungen: Englisch, Deutsch
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Call number: S 99.0139(359)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 359
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 134 Seiten , Diagramme, Karten
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 359
    Language: German , English
    Note: 1 Einleitung 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Zielsetzung 1.3 Gliederung 2 Verwandte Arbeiten 2.1 Grundbegriffe 2.1.1 Raumbezogene Objekte 2.1.2 Ähnlichkeit 2.1.3 Relation 2.1.4 Schema 2.2 Data-Matching 2.2.1 Klassifikation von Zuordnungsverfahren auf Objektebene 2.2.2 Herausforderungen bei der Objektzuordnung 2.2.3 Ausgewählte, merkmalsbasierte Verfahren 2.2.4 Ausgewählte, relationale Verfahren 2.3 Schema-Matching 2.3.1 Klassifikation von Zuordnungsverfahren auf Schemaebene 2.3.2 Herausforderungen bei der Zuordnung auf Schemaebene 2.3.3 Ausgewählte Schema-Matching-Verfahren im geographischen Kontext 3 Grundlagen 3.1 Ähnlichkeitsmaße 3.1.1 Geometrische Ähnlichkeit 3.1.2 Topologische Ähnlichkeit 3.1.3 Semantische Ähnlichkeit 3.2 Relationstypen 3.2.1 Relationen auf Objektebene 3.2.2 Relationen auf Schemaebene 3.3 Graphentheorie 3.3.1 Graph-Definitionen 3.3.2 Graph-Matching 3.3.3 Graph-Partitionierung / Graph-Cut 3.4 Ganzzahlige lineare Programmierung 4 Entwicklung von Data-Matching-Verfahren für verschiedene Objektgeometrien 4.1 Zuordnung von Polygonobjekten 4.1.1 Geometrischer Parameter 4.1.2 Heterogenitätsparameter 4.1.3 Erzeugung eines kombinierten Ergebnisses für das Schema-Matching 4.2 Zuordnung von unterschiedlichen Objektgeometrien 5 Entwicklung von Schema-Matching-Verfahren basierend auf Instanzdaten 5.1 Formale Problemdefinition 5.1.1 Synthetisches Beispiel 5.2 Einfache Lösungsverfahren 5.2.1 Beschränkung auf 1:1-Zuordnungen (Max-Match) 5.2.2 Beschränkung auf zwei Cluster (Min-Cut) 5.3 Einsatz von Heuristiken 5.4 Einsatz der ganzzahligen linearen Programmierung 5.4.1 Optimierungsziele und Bedingungen 5.4.2 Kombination von Optimierungszielen 5.4.3 Einführung einer festen Clustergröße (MaxScoreHardConstraintFixedSize) 5.4.4 Optimale Lösung ohne Nullcluster (MaxScoreHardConstraintFixedSizeNonEmpty) 5.4.5 Vereinfachtes Programm (MaxScoreHardConstraintFixedSizeUnique) 6 Experimente mit Realdaten und Untersuchungsergebnisse 6.1 Datenquellen und Datenvorverarbeitung 6.1.1 Datenquellen 6.1.2 Testgebiete 6.1.3 Datenvorverarbeitung 6.2 Ergebnisse des Data-Matching 6.2.1 Testgebiet A: ALKIS OSM in Hannover 6.2.2 Testgebiet B: ALKIS ATKIS in Hameln 6.2.3 Testgebiet C: ATKIS GDF in Hannover-Wedemark 6.2.4 Zusammenfassung der Data-Matching-Ergebnisse 6.3 Ergebnisse des Schema-Matching 6.3.1 Testgebiet B: ALKIS ATKIS in Hameln 6.3.2 Testgebiet A: ALKIS OSM in Hannover 6.3.3 Testgebiet C: ATKIS GDF in Hannover-Wedemark 6.3.4 Zusammenfassung aller Schema-Matching-Ergebnisse 7 Zusammenfassung und Ausblick , Kurzfassungen in Deutscher und Englischer Sprache
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Call number: AWI G5-22-94845
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research, 22
    Description / Table of Contents: This book addresses the main enigmas of Easter Island’s (Rapa Nui, in the Polynesian language) prehistory from the time of initial settlement to European contact with a multidisciplinary perspective. The main topics include: (i) the time of first settlement and the origin of the first settlers; (ii) the main features of prehistoric Rapanui culture and their changes; (iii) the deforestation of the island and its timing and causes; (iv) the extinction of the indigenous biota, (v) the occurrence of climatic shifts and their potential effects on socioecological trends; (vi) the evidence for a cultural and demographic collapse before European contact; and (vii) the influence of Europeans on prehistoric Rapanui society. The book is subdivided into thematic sections and each chapter is written by renowned specialists in disciplines such as archaeology, anthropology, paleoecology, ethnography, linguistics, ethnobotany, phylogenetics/phylogeography and history. Contributors have been invited to provide an open and objective vision that includes as many views as possible on the topics considered. In this way, the readers may be able to compare different of points of view and make their own interpretations on each of the subjects considered. The book is intended for a wide audience including graduate students, advanced undergraduate students, university teachers and researchers interested in the subject. Given its multidisciplinary character and the topics included, the book is suitable for students and researchers from a wide range of disciplines and interests.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, 628 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-030-91126-3
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 22
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Introduction / Valentí Rull, Christopher Stevenson Transpacific Voyaging and Settlement Ex Oriente Lux: Amerindian Seafaring and Easter Island Contact Revisited / Atholl Anderson Commensals/Domesticates on Rapa Nui: What Can Their Phylogeographic Patterns Tell Us About the Discovery and Settlement of the Island? / Vicki A. Thomson, Michael Herrera, Jeremy J. Austin Sweet Potato on Rapa Nui: Insights from a Monographic Study of the Genus Ipomoea / Pablo Muñoz-Rodríguez, John R. I. Wood, Robert W. Scotland Pre-European Contact Sweet Potato (Ipomoea batatas) at Rapa Nui: Macrobotanical Evidence from Recent Excavations in Rano Raraku Quarry, Rapa Nui / Jo Anne Van Tilburg, Jennifer M. Huebert, Sarah C. Sherwood, Casey R. Barrier Anakena Re-visited: New Perspectives on Old Problems at Anakena, Rapa Nui / Paul Wallin, Helene Martinsson-Wallin The Ancient Rapanui Culture A Behavioral Assessment of Refuge Caves (ana kionga) on Rapa Nui / Christopher Stevenson, José Miguel Ramrez-Aliaga, Juan Gongalves Borrega Vinapū Area Re-visited / Helene Martinsson-Wallin Undelivered Moai or Unidentified Monument? / Nicolas Cauwe, Morgan De Dapper Platforms in Motion: A Genealogical Architecture / Nicolas Cauwe Climatic and Environmental Change Climatology of Rapa Nui (Isla de Pascua, Easter Island) / Raymond S. Bradley, William J. D’Andrea, Henry F. Diaz, Liang Ning Prehistoric Paleoecology of Easter Island / Valentí Rull Geological and Climatic Features, Processes and Interplay Determining the Human Occupation and Habitation of Easter Island / Alberto Sáez, Olga Margalef, Laura Becerril, Christian Herrera, James Goff, Sergi Pla-Rabes et al. Deforestation and Extinctions The Flora and Vegetation of Easter Island: Past and Present / Georg Zizka, Alexander Zizka Palms for the Archaeologist / Daniel W. Ingersoll Jr., Kathleen B. Ingersoll, Fred W. Stauffer Spatio-Temporal Patterns of Deforestation, Settlement, and Land Use on Easter Island Prior to European Arrivals / Peter Steiglechner, Agostino Merico Economic Causes and Consequences of Deforestation on Easter Island / James A. Brander Palm Forest to Gardens and Grassland: A Study of Environmental and Geomorphological Changes of the Te Niu, Rapa Nui Landscape / Joan A. Wozniak Collapse or Resilience? Environmental Change and Cultural Continuity: Extraordinary Achievements of the Rapanui Society after Deforestation / Andreas Mieth, Annette Kühlem, Burkhard Vogt, Hans-Rudolf Bork Ecology Limits Population, But Interaction with Culture Defines It: Carrying Capacity on Rapa Nui / Cedric O. Puleston, Thegn N. Ladefoged Population Principles, Climate Change, and the “Collapse” of the Rapa Nui Society / Mauricio Lima, Eugenia M. Gayo, Sergio A. Estay, Nils Chr. Stenseth Claims and Evidence in the Population History of Rapa Nui (Easter Island) / Carl P. Lipo, Robert J. DiNapoli, Terry L. Hunt European Contact The Human Giants of Easter Island (Rapa Nui) / Jan J. Boersema Synthesis Towards a Holistic Approach to Easter Island’s Prehistory / Valentí Rull, Christopher Stevenson
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94853
    Description / Table of Contents: This multidisciplinary book discusses the manifold challenges arctic marine and terrestrial wildlife, ecosystems and people face these times. Major health threats caused by the consequences of climate change, environmental pollution and increasing tourism in northern regions around the globe are explored. The most common infectious diseases in wild and domesticated arctic animals are reviewed and the impact they could have on circumpolar ecosystems as well as on the lives of arctic people are profoundly discussed. Moreover, the book reviews arctic hunting, herding and food conservation strategies and introduces veterinary medicine in remote indigenous communities. "Arctic One Health" is authored by experts based in arctic regions spanning from North America over Europe to Asia to cover a broad range of topics and perspectives. The book addresses researchers in Veterinary Medicine, Ecology, Microbiology and Anthropology. The book contributes towards achieving the UN Sustainable Developmental Goals, in particular SDG 15, Life on Land.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIX, 573 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-030-87852-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction The Arctic Region and Its Inhabitants / Anastasia Emelyanova A Holistic Approach to One Health in the Arctic / Arleigh Reynolds, Susan Kutz, Tessa Baker Seasonal Animal Migrations and the Arctic: Ecology, Diversity, and Spread of Infectious Agents / Øystein Varpe, Silke Bauer Part II Major Health Threats to Arctic Animals and People Climate Change in Northern Regions / Bob van Oort, Marianne Tronstad Lund, Anouk Brisebois Loss of Untouched Land / Roland Pape Arctic Ecosystems, Wildlife and Man: Threats from Persistent Organic Pollutants and Mercury / Christian Sonne, Robert James Letcher, Bjørn Munro Jenssen, Rune Dietz Oil Spills in the Arctic / Sadie K. Wright, Sarah Allan, Sarah M. Wilkin, Michael Ziccardi Nuclear Radiation / Birgitta Åhman Part III Arctic Zoonoses: Diseases Transmitted from Animals to Man Rabies in the Arctic / Karsten Hueffer, Morten Tryland, Svetlana Dresvyanikova Brucellosis in the Arctic and Northern Regions / Xavier Fernandez Aguilar, Ingebjørg H. Nymo, Kimberlee Beckmen, Svetlana Dresvyanikova, Irina Egorova, Susan Kutz Anthrax in the North / Karsten Hueffer, Svetlana Dresvyanikova, Irina Egorova Cystic and Alveolar Echinococcosis Caused by Echinococcus canadensis and E. multilocularis in the Arctic / Temitope U. Kolapo, Antti Oksanen, Rebecca Davidson, Emily J. Jenkins Toxoplasmosis in Northern Regions / Émilie Bouchard, Pikka Jokelainen, Rajnish Sharma, Heather Fenton, Emily J. Jenkins Trichinella spp. in the North / Rajnish Sharma, Edoardo Pozio, Émilie Bouchard, Emily J. Jenkins Cryptosporidiosis and Giardiosis in the Arctic: Increasing Threats in a Warmer World? / Lucy J. Robertson, John J. Debenham Erysipelas in Arctic and Northern Regions / Fabien Mavrot, O. Alejandro Aleuy, Taya Forde, Susan J. Kutz Tularemia in the Arctic / Cristina M. Hansen, Svetlana Dresvyannikova Orthohantaviruses in the Arctic: Present and Future / Frauke Ecke, Magnus Magnusson, Barbara A. Han, Magnus Evander Zoonotic Marine Helminths: Anisakid Nematodes and Diphyllobothriid Cestodes / Heather Fenton Parapoxvirus Infections in Northern Species and Populations / Morten Tryland Part IV Harvesting the Arctic: Potential Health Threats for Arctic People Hunting with Lead Ammunition: A One Health Perspective / Jon M. Arnemo, Boris Fuchs, Christian Sonne, Sigbjørn Stokke Traditional Conservation Methods and Food Habits in the Arctic / Raphaela Stimmelmayr, Gay Sheffield Part V Working with Arctic Communities Wildlife Health Surveillance in the Arctic / Sylvia L. Checkley, Matilde Tomaselli, Nigel Caulkett Dogs and People: Providing Veterinary Services to Remote Arctic Communities / Tessa Baker, Laurie Meythaler-Mullins, Arleigh Reynolds, Susan Kutz Semi-Domesticated Reindeer, Health, and Animal Welfare / Morten Tryland
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Boca Raton : CRC Press
    Call number: AWI S2-23-95057
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xvii, 593 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 978-0-367-13991-9
    Series Statement: Texts in statistical science
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface to the Second Edition Preface Audience Teaching strategy How to use this book Installing the rethinking R package Acknowledgments Chapter 1. The Golem of Prague 1.1. Statistical golems 1.2. Statistical rethinking 1.3. Tools for golem engineering 1.4. Summary Chapter 2. Small Worlds and Large Worlds 2.1. The garden of forking data 2.2. Building a model 2.3. Components of the model 2.4. Making the model go 2.5. Summary 2.6. Practice Chapter 3. Sampling the Imaginary . . 3.1. Sampling from a grid-approximate posterior 3.2. Sampling to summarize 3.3. Sampling to simulate prediction 3.4. Summary 3.5. Practice Chapter 4. Geocentric Models 4.1. Why normal distributions are normal 4.2. A language for describing models 4.3. Gaussian model of height 4.4. Linear prediction 4.5. Curves from lines 4.6. Summary 4.7. Practice Chapter 5. The Many Variables & The Spurious Waffles 5.1. Spurious association 5.2. Masked relationship 5.3. Categorical variables 5.4. Summary 5.5. Practice Chapter 6. The Haunted DAG & The Causal Terror 6.1. Multicollinearity 6.2. Post-treatment bias 6.3. Collider bias 6.4. Confronting confounding 6.5. Summary 6.6. Practice Chapter 7. Ulysses' Compass 7.1. The problem with parameters 7.2. Entropy and accuracy 7.3. Golem taming: regularization 7.4. Predicting predictive accuracy 7.5. Model comparison 7.6. Summary 7.7. Practice Chapter 8. Conditional Manatees 8.1. Building an interaction 8.2. Symmetry of interactions 8.3. Continuous interactions 8.4. Summary 8.5. Practice Chapter 9. Markov Chain Monte Carlo 9.1. Good King Markov and his island kingdom 9.2. Metropolis algorithms 9.3. Hamiltonian Monte Carlo 9.4. Easy HMC: ulam 9.5. Care and feeding of your Markov chain 9.6. Summary 9.7. Practice Chapter 10. Big Entropy and the Generalized Linear Model 10.1. Maximum entropy 10.2. Generalized linear models 10.3. Maximum entropy priors 10.4. Summary Chapter 11. God Spiked the Integers 11.1. Binomial regression 11.2. Poisson regression 11.3. Multinomial and categorical models 11.4. Summary 11.5. Practice Chapter 12. Monsters and Mixtures 12.1. Over-dispersed counts 12.2. Zero-inflated outcomes 12.3. Ordered categorical outcomes 12.4. Ordered categorical predictors 12.5. Summary 12.6. Practice Chapter 13. Models With Memory 13.1. Example: Multilevel tadpoles 13.2. Varying effects and the underfitting/overfitting trade-off 13.3. More than one type of cluster 13.4. Divergent transitions and non-centered priors 13.5. Multilevel posterior predictions 13.6. Summary 13.7. Practice Chapter 14. Adventures in Covariance 14.1. Varying slopes by construction 14.2. Advanced varying slopes 14.3. Instruments and causal designs 14.4. Social relations as correlated varying effects 14.5. Continuous categories and the Gaussian process 14.6. Summary 14.7. Practice Chapter 15. Missing Data and Other Opportunities 15.1. Measurement error 15.2. Missing data 15.3. Categorical errors and discrete absences 15.4. Summary 15.5. Practice Chapter 16. Generalized Linear Madness 16.1. Geometric people 16.2. Hidden minds and observed behavior 16.3. Ordinary differential nut cracking 16.4. Population dynamics 16.5. Summary 16.6. Practice Chapter 17. Horoscopes Endnotes Bibliography Citation index Topic index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Call number: S 00.0063(97)
    In: Schriftenreihe der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Geowissenschaften
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 276 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783510492916
    Series Statement: Schriftenreihe der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Geowissenschaften Heft 97
    Language: German
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Moskva : Tovariščestvo naučnych izdanij KMK | Novosibirsk : Nauka
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94776
    Description / Table of Contents: Издание представляет собой новейшую таксономическую обработку флоры Якутии, подготовленную весьма квалифицированным и представительным коллективом авторов (более 50 специалистов, включая 15 докторов и 30 кандидатов наук). Даны ключи для определения 1950 видов, 133 подвидов и 34 разновидностей, а также 46 нотовидов, объединенных в 525 родов, 6 нотородов, 113 семейств сосудистых растений, распространенных или когда-либо отмеченных (в том числе очень редких, заносных или дичающих культурных) на территории региона. При: ведены диагностические признаки растений, сведения об их фитоценотическои или экологической приуроченности и распространении. Книга рассчитана на ботаников широкого профиля, студентов, учителей и преподавателей, ученых, биологов, экологов, работников сельского хозяйства, административных работников, отвечающих за эксплуатацию природных ресурсов.
    Description / Table of Contents: English translation of the Russian abstract: The publication is the latest taxonomic processing of the flora of Yakutia, prepared by a highly qualified and representative team of authors (more than 50 specialists, including 15 doctors and 30 candidates of sciences). Keys are given to identify 1950 species, 133 subspecies and 34 varieties, as well as 46 nothospecies, united in 525 genera, 6 nothorodes, 113 families of vascular plants, common or ever recorded (including very rare, adventive or wild cultivated) on the territory of the region. When: diagnostic signs of plants, information about their phytocenotic or ecological confinement and distribution are entered. The book is intended for general botanists, students, teachers and teachers, scientists, biologists, ecologists, agricultural workers, administrative workers responsible for the exploitation of natural resources.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 895 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten , 1 Errata
    Edition: Izdanie vtoroe, pererabotannoe i dopolnennoe [Zweite Auflage, überarbeitet und erweitert]
    ISBN: 9785907372320 , 5-907372-32-X
    Language: Russian
    Note: Text russisch; In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Call number: AWI G5-22-94780
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxi, 201 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Contents List of Figures List of Tables I Preamble 1 Introduction 1.1.1 The Journey from Weather to Climate 1.1.2 The Climate Background 1.1.3 Pollen as Quantitative Indicators of Past Changes 1.2 Overview and Aims of Manuscripts 1.2.1 List of Manuscripts 1.2.2 Short Summaries of the Manuscripts 1.3 Author Contributions to the Manuscripts II Manuscripts 2 Comparing estimation of techniques for temporal Scaling 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Data and Methods 2.2.1 Scaling estimation methods 2.2.2 Evaluation of the estimators 2.2.3 Data 2.3 Results 2.3.1 Effect of Regular and Irregular Sampling 2.3.2 Effect of Time series length 2.3.3 Application to database 2.4 Discussion 2.5 Conclusions 3 Land temperature variability driven by oceans at millennial timescales 4 Variability of surface climate in simulations of past and future 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Data and Method 4.2.1 Model simulations 4.2.2 The Last Glacial Maximum experiment 4.2.3 The mid Holocene experiment (midHolocene) 4.2.4 The warming experiments 1pctCO2 and abrupt4xCO2 4.2.5 Preprocessing of model simulations 4.2.6 Comparisons across the ensemble 4.2.7 Diagnosing variability changes 4.2.8 Changes in precipitation extremes 4.2.9 Timescale-dependence of the variability changes 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Hydrological sensitivity across the ensemble 4.3.2 Changes in local interannual variability 4.3.3 Changes in modes of variability 4.3.4 Circulation patterns underlying extratropical precipitation extremes 4.3.5 Changes in. the spectrum of variability 4.4 Discussion 4.4.1 Changes in climate variability with global mean temperature 4.4.2 Temperature vs. precipitation scaling 4.4.3 Comparison to climate reconstructions and observations 4.4.4 Limitations 4.5 Conclusions 5 Holocene vegetation variability in the Northern Hemisphere 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Data and Methods 5.2.1 Pollen Database 5.2.2 Principal Component Analysis 5.2.3 Timescale-dependent Estimates of Variability 5.2.4 Biome Classification 5.3 Results 5.3.1 General Vegetation Variability Analysis 5.3.2 Comparison of Forested and Open Land Vegetations 5.3.3 Comparison of Broadleaf and Needleleaf Fore ts 5.3.4 Comparison of Temperate and Boreal Coniferous Forests 5.3.5 Comparison of Evergreen and Deciduous Boreal Forests 5.4 Discussion 5.5 Conclusion III Postamble 6 General discussion and conclusion 6.1 Overview 6.2 Timescale-Dependent Estimates of Variability 6.3 Climate and Vegetation Variabilities in the Holocene 6.4 Implications for the 21th Century 6.5 Outlook IV Appendix A Supplementary figures from "Comparing estimation techniques for temporal scaling in paleo-climate timeseries" A.1 Block Average Results A.2 First-Order Correction for the Effect of Interpolation A.3 Change in Bias and Standard Deviation B Methods and supplementary information from "Land temperature variability driven by oceans at millennial timescales" B.1 Methods B.1.1 Reconstructions B.1.2 Significance Testing B.1.3 Testing for Anthropogenic Impacts B.1.4 Instrumental Data B.1.5 Model Data B.1.6 Spectral Estimates B.1.7 Variance Ratios B.1.8 Sub-Decadal Variability Binning B.1.9 Correlation B.1.10 Moran's I B.2 Supplementary Information B.2.1 Tree Ring Data Analysis B.2.2 Energy-Balance Equations B.3 Extended Data Figures C Supplementary figures from "Variability of surface climate in simulations of past and future" D Supplementary figures from "Characterization of holocene vegetation variability in the Northern Hemisphere" Bibliography
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Call number: S 99.0139(351)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 351
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: xxix, 177 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 351
    Language: English , German
    Note: Dissertation, Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz Universität Hannover, 2019 , Contents 1. Introduction 1.1. Motivations and background 1.2. Research hypotheses and aims 1.3. Outline of this work 2. Fundamentals and theory of seismic noise 2.1. Fundamentals of mechanical vibration 2.1.1. Theory of oscillation 2.1.1.1. Oscillation and waves 2.1.1.2. Standing waves and resonance 2.1.1.3. Types of noise 2.1.1.4. Signal-to-Noise Ratio 2.1.2. The oscillatory systems 2.1.2.1. Mass-Spring-Damper model 2.1.2.2. Equation of motion 2.1.2.3. Free damped oscillation 2.1.2.4. Forced damped oscillation 2.1.3. Modal analysis 2.1.3.1. Fourier transform 2.1.3.2. Windowing 2.1.3.3. Averaging and overlapping 2.1.4. Data evaluation 2.1.4.1. Presenting spectra and spectral densities 2.1.4.2. RMS value in the frequency domain 2.1.4.3. Transfer function 2.1.4.4. Spectrogram 2.2. Seismic noise sources 2.2.1. Natural sources 2.2.1.1. Geodynamical aspects 2.2.1.2. Geological aspects at Hamburg, DESY 2.2.2. Human-made sources 2.2.2.1. Impact by stationary objects 2.2.2.2. Impact by traffic on site, machines and human work 2.2.2.3. Technical devices in the laboratory 2.3. Methods of seismic isolation 2.3.1. Passive constructions 2.3.1.1. Principle of a simple pendulum 2.3.1.2. Principle of a spring pendulum 2.3.1.3. The inverted pendulum concept 2.3.1.4. The anti-spring concept 2.3.1.5. The harmonic oscillator as transfer function 2.3.2. Control theory 2.3.2.1. Simple controller 2.3.2.2. Feed-forward controller 2.3.2.3. Feedback controller 2.3.2.4. Combined controller 3. The Any Light Particle Search experiment 3.1. ALPS and its seismic noise requirements 3.1.1. The physics of ALPS 3.1.2. Optical resonators 3.1.3. Control loop design 3.1.4. Frequency region and absolute length requirements 3.1.5. Infrastructure and status 3.2. Tools and techniques used for seismicmeasurements, analyses, and isolations 3.2.1. Seismic measuring instruments 3.2.1.1. Seismometers 3.2.1.2. Acquisition devices 3.2.1.3. Selected measurement chain 3.2.2. Data management and analyses 3.2.2.1. Notations for documentation 3.2.2.2. Analysing procedure 3.2.3. Finite Element Method simulation 3.2.3.1. Simple isolation simulations 3.2.3.2. Over-determined isolation systems 3.2.3.3. Selected FEM tools 4. Seismic noise analysis 57 4.1. Method of frequency-weighted and averaged FFT 4.1.1. Problem definition and motivation 4.1.2. The solution approaches 4.1.2.1. Stitching 4.1.2.2. LPSD 4.1.2.3. New solution approach 4.1.3. The MfwaFFT algorithm 4.1.3.1. Data preparation 4.1.3.2. FFT generation 4.1.3.3. Windowing of the iteration steps 4.1.3.4. Weighting 4.1.3.5. Summing up 4.1.4. Advantages and disadvantages 4.1.5. Discussion in the field of geodesy 4.2. Measurement Preparation 4.2.1. Calibration of seismic devices 4.2.1.1. Single instruments 4.2.1.2. Cross-calibration 4.2.2. Accuracy analysis 4.2.2.1. Measuring device accuracy and precision 4.2.2.2. Digital uncertainties and errors 4.3. Seismic measurements on-site 4.3.1. On-site noise conditions (HERA) 4.3.1.1. ALPS IIa laboratory (HERA West) 4.3.1.2. ALPS IIc site (HERA North) 4.3.1.3. Reference (HERA South) 4.3.2. Optic-related components of the ALPS II experiment 4.3.2.1. Optical tables 4.3.2.2. CBB and mirror mountings 4.3.3. Associated noise sources 4.3.3.1. Dipole magnet girders 4.3.3.2. Filter Fan Units 4.4. Filtering of signal 4.4.1. Spatial transfer functions 4.4.2. Low-pass filter due to the cavity pole frequency 4.4.3. Filter by the control loop 4.5. Data evaluation 4.5.1. Specifications for the ALPS IIa isolation 4.5.2. Specifications for an ALPS IIc isolation 4.5.3. Specifications for a JURA isolation 5. Development of seismic isolation systems 5.1. Procedure for handling seismic noise and isolation problems 5.2. State-of-the-art seismic isolation concepts 5.2.1. The LIGO system 5.2.2. The VIRGO system 5.3. Development of a seismic isolation system 5.3.1. CAD draft of a test model 5.3.2. FEM simulations 5.3.3. Design drawing 5.3.4. Evaluation and validation 5.4. Seismic isolation concept for ALPS IIc and JURA 6. Conclusion 6.1. Summary 6.2. Outlook , Sprache der Zusammenfassungen: Englisch, Deutsch
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Call number: S 99.0139(363)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 363
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 165 Seiten , Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783769652673
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Universität Hannover Nr. 363
    Language: English
    Note: 1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation and Research Questions 1.2 Objective Definition and Contributions 1.3 Outline of the Thesis 2 Theory and Related Work in Geodetic Network Analysis 2.1 Parameter Estimation in a Gauß - Markov Model 2.2 Parameter Estimation in a Gauß - Helmert Model 2.3 Geodetic Network Optimization: Theoretical Background and Related Work 2.3.1 Network Quality Criteria 2.3.2 Objective Functions and Optimality Criteria 2.3.3 Types of Optimization Problems 2.4 Discussion 3 Theoretical Background in Positioning and Navigation 3.1 Global Navigation Satellite Systems 3.1.1 GNSS Observables 3.1.2 GNSS positioning techniques 3.2 Inertial Navigation Systems 3.2.1 Coordinate Frames 3.2.2 Mechanization in the Navigation Frame 3.2.3 INS/GNSS Integration 3.3 Filtering Techniques 3.3.1 Bayes Filter 3.3.2 Kalman Filter 3.3.3 Linearized Kalman Filter 3.3.4 Extended Kalman Filter 3.4 Multi-Sensor Fusion 3.4.1 Laser Scanner 3.4.2 Stereo Cameras 3.4.3 Localization Versus Simultaneous Location and Mapping 4 State of the art in Collaborative Positioning 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Communication Architectures 4.3 Collaborative Positioning 4.3.1 GNSS Collaborative Positioning Approaches 4.3.2 Inertial Measurement Collaborative Positioning 4.3.3 Collaborative Positioning with Laser Scanner 4.3.4 Collaborative Positioning with Vision-Based Sensors 4.3.5 Collaborative Positioning Using Other Sensors 4.4 Simulation Technologies 4.4.1 Simulation Environments: Overview 4.4.2 Monte Carlo Methods 4.5 Discussion 5 Simulation Framework for Collaborative Scenarios 5.1 Design and Implementation 5.1.1 Vehicle Trajectories Simulator 5.1.2 Environmental Model 5.1.3 Measurement Generation 5.1.4 Collaborative-Extended Kalman Filter 5.1.5 Collaborative SLAM 5.1.6 Localization with Landmark Uncertainty 5.2 Application Example 5.2.1 Scenario and Setup 5.2.2 Sample Run 5.3 Discussion 6 Sensitivity Analysis of Dynamic Sensor Networks 6.1 Geodetic Network Optimization Problems for Dynamic Networks 6.2 Best Sensor Combination 6.2.1 Scenario and Sensor Setup 6.2.2 Sensitivity Results 6.3 Vehicle Dynamics Evaluation 6.3.1 Simulation Scenario and Setup 6.3.2 Process Noise Assessment 6.3.3 Process Noise to Measurement Noise Selection 6.4 Summary and Conclusions 7 Collaboration Versus Single Vehicle Estimation 7.1 Collaborative Navigation: Concept 7.2 Experiment Scenario and Setup 7.3 Collaboration Results 7.3.1 Accuracy and Precision Analysis 7.3.2 Integrity Analysis 7.4 Summary and Discussion 8 Conclusions 8.1 Summary 8.2 Outlook , Zusammenfassung in Englisch und Deutsch Seite i-iii
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Call number: S 99.0139(361)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 361
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 108 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 361
    Language: English , German
    Note: 1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Problem Statement and Contributions 1.3 Structure 2 State-of-the-art 2.1 Integration of Object Knowledge in Image Space 2.2 Integration of Object Knowledge in Object Space 2.3 Discussion 3 Photogrammetric Pose Estimation with a Generalised Building Model 3.1 Overview 3.2 Hybrid Bundle Adjustment 3.2.1 Modelling Relations of Object Points to Model Planes 3.2.2 Functional Model 3.2.3 Stochastic Model 3.2.4 Robust Estimation 3.2.5 Determination of Initial Values 3.3 Workflow 3.3.1 Global Adjustment 3.3.2 Sliding Window Adjustment 4 Assignment Under Generalisation Effects 4.1 Generalisation Effects 4.2 Direct Assignment: Point-Plane-Matching 4.3 Indirect Assignment: Plane-Plane-Matching 4.3.1 Indirect Assignment without ROIs 4.3.2 Indirect Assignment with ROIs 4.4 Summary of the Assignment Parameters 5 Experiments 5.1 Setup of the experiments 5.1.1 Scenarios 5.1.2 Sequences 5.1.3 Evaluation 5.1.4 Structure of the Experiments 5.2 Dataset 5.2.1 Hardware 5.2.2 Data 5.3 Parameter Settings and Implementation 6 Results and Discussion 6.1 The Short Sequence: Generalisation & Systematic Effects 6.2 The Long Sequence: Generalisation & Systematic Effects, Block Deformations... 6.3 Check Point Errors versus Estimated Standard Deviations 6.4 Sliding Window versus Global Adjustment 6.5 Assignment Strategies 6.6 The Full Sequence 6.7 Parameter Variation 6.7.1 Fictitious Distance Observations of Tie Points 6.7.2 Maximum Distance of Tie Points to Model Planes 6.7.3 Estimation of Vertex Coordinates 6.7.4 Window Size Nws and Overlap AW 7 Conclusion and Outlook , Kurzfassungen in Deutscher und Englischer Sprache
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    München : Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 99.0139(383)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 383
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 131 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783769653076
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen / Deutsche Geodätische Kommission. Reihe C, Dissertationen, Elektronische Ressource Heft Nr. 895
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    Language: English
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: AWI A4-23-95497
    Description / Table of Contents: Extreme weather and climate events are one of the greatest dangers for present-day society. Therefore, it is important to provide reliable statements on what changes in extreme events can be expected along with future global climate change. However, the projected overall response to future climate change is generally a result of a complex interplay between individual physical mechanisms originated within the different climate subsystems. Hence, a profound understanding of these individual contributions is required in order to provide meaningful assessments of future changes in extreme events. One aspect of climate change is the recently observed phenomenon of Arctic Amplification and the related dramatic Arctic sea ice decline, which is expected to continue over the next decades. The question to what extent Arctic sea ice loss is able to affect atmospheric dynamics and extreme events over mid-latitudes has received a lot of attention over recent years and still remains a highly debated topic. In this respect, the objective of ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xi, 126 Seiten , Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 , CONTENTS 1 SCIENTIFIC BACKGROUND AND RESEARCH QUESTIONS 1.1 Extreme events and attribution 1.2 Arctic climate change and mid-latitude linkages 1.3 Research questions 2 FOUNDATIONS 2.1 Atmospheric basics 2.1.1 Governing equations 2.1.2 Zonal wind and temperature profiles 2.1.3 Atmospheric waves and instabilities 2.1.4 Large-scale variability patterns and blocking 2.2 Atmospheric circulation regimes 2.2.1 Dynamical concepts 2.2.2 Regime computation 2.2.3 Regime number 2.3 Arctic climate change 2.3.1 Recent trends in Arctic sea ice and temperatures 2.3.2 Surface fluxes and energy balance in Arctic regions 2.3.3 Polar amplification mechanisms 2.3.4 Arctic-mid-latitude linkages 2.4 Weather and climate extremes 2.4.1 Recent trends 2.4.2 Dynamical driver of temperature extremes 3 DATA AND METHODS 3.1 ERA5 reanalysis 3.2 Model experiments 3.2.1 The atmospheric general circulation model ECHAM6 3.2.2 Polar Amplification Intercomparison Project data 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Statistical significance 3.3.2 Extreme definition 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 4.1 Mean circulation in ERA5 and ECHAM6 experiments 4.1.1 Climatological mean states in ERA5 and the reference simulation 4.1.2 Climatological responses in ECHAM6 sensitivity experiments 4.2 Circulation regimes and sea ice-induced frequency changes 4.2.1 Regime structures in ERA5 and ECHAM6 experiments 4.2.2 Regime frequency changes in ERA 4.2.3 Regime frequency changes in ECHAM6 experiments 4.3 Changes in Northern Hemispheric temperature extremes induced by sea ice loss 4.3.1 Extreme occurrence frequency changes 4.3.2 Temperature return level changes 4.4 Links between circulation regimes and extremes over Europe 4.4.1 Winter temperature extremes 4.4.2 Summer heat extremes 4.4.3 Winter wind extremes 4.5 Decomposition of sea ice-induced frequency changes in European winter extremes 4.5.1 Midwinter cold extremes along a SCAN storyline 4.5.2 January warm extremes along a ATl- storyline 4.5.3 February warm extremes along a NAO+ storyline 4.5.4 Comparison with futSST 4.5.5 January wind extremes along a ATL- storyline 4.6 Circulation Analogue-based approach for summer season 4.6.1 ERA5 event definitions 4.6.2 Reference flows and analogues in ERA5 4.6.3 Circulation analogues in ECHAM6 experiments 4.6.4 Decomposition of sea ice-induced changes in European heat extremes 5 CONCLUSION 5.1 Summary 5.2 Final discussion and outlook Appendix A METHODS A.1 Principal Component Analysis A.2 𝑘-Means clustering A.2.1 Algorithm A.2.2 Computation of circulation regimes A.3 Taylor diagram A.4 Regression model for describing ERA5 regime frequency changes A.4.1 General setup A.4.2 Multinomial Logistic Regression A.4.3 Linear predictor A.5 Definition and calculation of return levels A.5.1 Block maxima approach and Generalized Extreme Value distribution A.5.2 Return level estimation A.6 Framework for conditional extreme event attribution Appendix B ADDITIONAL FIGURES B.1 Circulation regimes and sea ice-induced frequency changes B.2 Changes in Northern Hemispheric temperature extremes induced by sea ice loss B.3 Links between circulation regimes and extremes over Europe B.3.1 Conditioned vs. unconditioned ERA5 and wind extreme probabilities B.3.2 Wind and synoptic-scale activity anomalies B.4 Decomposition of sea ice-induced frequency changes in European winter extremes B.5 Circulation Analogue-based approach for summer season B.6 Miscellaneous B.6.1 Recent Arctic sea ice trends B.6.2 futSST forcing field B.6.3 Fluxes over sea ice and ocean surfaces in ECHAM6 BIBLIOGRAPHY
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Call number: S 99.0139(386)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 386
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: ix, 163 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-3-7696-5313-7 , 9783769653137
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 386
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz Universität Hannover, 2023 , Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Contributions and Scientific Goals of this Thesis 1.3 Thesis Outline 2 Basics 2.1 Machine Learning for Pixel-Wise Classification 2.2 Deep Neural Networks 2.2.1 Neuron and Multilayer Perceptron 2.2.2 Supervised Training of Neural Networks 2.2.2.1 Optimisation Strategies 2.2.3 Improving Model Generalization 2.2.4 Adversarial Training 2.3 Convolutional Neural Networks 2.3.1 Convolutional Layers 2.3.2 Pooling Layer 2.3.3 Batch Normalisation Layer 2.3.4 Activation Functions in CNNs 2.3.5 Parameter Initialisation 2.3.6 CNN Architectures 2.3.6.1 Residual Networks 2.3.6.2 Xception Network 2.4 Fully Convolutional Networks 2.4.1 Upsampling Layer and Transposed Convolutional Layer 2.4.2 Skip Connections 2.5 Appearance Adaptation 2.6 Transfer Learning and Domain Adaptation 2.6.1 Adaptive Batch Normalisation 3 Related Work 3.1 Instance Transfer 3.1.1 Explicit Instance Transfer 3.1.2 Implicit Instance Transfer 3.1.3 Hybrid Instance Transfer 3.1.4 Discussion 3.2 Representation Transfer 3.2.1 Non-adversarial Representation Transfer 3.2.2 Adversarial Representation Transfer 3.2.3 Discussion 3.3 Appearance Adaptation 3.3.1 Target-to-Source Appearance Adaptation 3.3.2 Source-to-Target Appearance Adaptation 3.3.3 Discussion 3.4 Hybrid Approaches 3.4.1 Discussion 3.5 Parameter Selection in Unsupervised Domain Adaptation 3.6 Discussion 3.6.1 Research Gap 3.6.2 Comparison to Most Similar Works 4 Methodology 4.1 Prerequisites and Assumptions 4.2 Adaptation Overview 4.3 Network Architecture 4.3.1 Classification Network C 4.3.2 Appearance Adaptation Network 4.3.3 Domain Discriminator 4.4 Training 4.4.1 Supervised Source Training 4.4.2 Joint Training for Appearance Adaptation 4.4.2.1 Joint Update of A and C 4.4.2.2 Update of D 4.5 Improving Semantic Consistency 4.5.1 Method 1: Reduction of Variability 4.5.2 Method 2: Auxiliary Generator 4.5.2.1 Architecture of G 4.5.2.2 Modifications of Adversarial Loss Terms 4.6 Entropy-based Parameter Selection 4.7 Adaptive Batch Normalization 4.8 Resolution Adaptation 5 Experimental Setup 5.1 Datasets 5.1.1 Data for Land-cover Classification using Aerial Imagery 5.1.2 Data for Bi-temporal Deforestation Detection using Satellite Imagery 5.2 Evaluation and Quality Metrics 5.3 Goals and Structure of Experiments 5.3.1 Experiment Set E1: Source Training and Na¨ıve Transfer 5.3.2 Experiment Set E2: Proposed Method for UDA 5.3.3 Experiment Set E3: Evaluation of Parameter Selection 5.3.4 Experiment Set E4: Comparison to other Strategies and Methods 5.3.4.1 Experiment Set E4.1: Comparison to other Strategies 5.3.4.2 Experiment set E4.2: Comparison to other Methods 5.3.5 Experiment set E5: Evaluation of UDA for Bi-temporal Deforestation Detection 5.4 Training Details and Hyper-parameters 5.4.1 Source Training 5.4.2 Unsupervised Domain Adaptation 5.4.3 Implementation Details of Baseline Strategies 6 Results and Discussion 6.1 Results of Experiment Set E1: Source Training and Na¨ıve Transfer 6.2 Results of Experiment Set E2: Proposed Method for UDA 6.2.1 Evaluation of Appearance Adaptation 6.2.2 Evaluation of Unsupervised Domain Adaptation 6.2.3 Combination of Appearance Adaptation with Adaptive Batch Normalisation 6.2.4 Final Comparison of Variants 6.2.5 Detailed Evaluation of Selected UDA Scenarios 6.3 Results of Experiment Set E3: Evaluation of Parameter Selection 6.4 Results of Experiment Set E4: Comparison to other Strategies and Methods 6.4.1 Experiment set E4.1: Comparison to other Strategies 6.4.2 Experiment Set E4.2: Comparison to other Methods 6.5 Results of Experiment Set E5: Evaluation of UDA for Deforestation Detection 7 Conclusions and Outlook 7.1 Conclusion 7.2 Outlook Bibliography Appendix , Sprache der Kurzfassungen: Englisch, Deutsch
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Call number: S 99.0139(380)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 380
    Description / Table of Contents: Semantic segmentation is an important task in computer vision to help machines gain a high-level understanding of the environment, similar to the human vision system. For example it is used in self-driving cars which are equipped with various sensors such as cameras and 3D laser scanners to gain a complete understanding of their environment. In recent years the field has been dominated by Deep Neural Networks (DNNs), which are notorious for requiring large amounts of training data. Creating these datasets is very time consuming and costly. Moreover, the datasets can only be applied to a specific type of sensor. The present work addresses this problem. It will be shown that knowledge from publicly available image datasets can be reused to minimize the labeling costs for 3D point clouds. For this purpose, the labels from classified images are transferred to 3D point clouds. To bridge the gap between sensor modalities, the geometric relationship of the sensors in a fully calibrated system is used. Due to various errors the naive label transfer can lead to a significant amount of incorrect class label assignments in 3D. Within the work the different reasons and possible solutions are shown in order to improve the label transfer.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: v, 175 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 978-3-7696-5301-4 , 9783769653014
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 380
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz Universität Hannover, 2022 , Contents 1 Introduction 2 Theoretical Background 2.1 Cameras and Laserscanning 2.1.1 Cameras 2.1.2 Laserscanning 2.2 Machine Learning Fundamentals 2.2.1 Types of Learning 2.2.2 Supervised Learning - Illustrated by Decision Trees 2.2.3 Boosting 2.3 Deep Learning 2.3.1 Basics 2.3.2 Self-Attention 2.3.3 Generative Adversarial Networks 3 Related Work 3.1 Classification and Semantic Segmentation (2D) 3.2 Semantic Segmentation (3D) 3.3 Semi-Supervised Learning 3.4 Conditional Generative Adversarial Networks 3.5 Multi-View Fusion, Prediction and Labeling 3.6 Shape Completion 4 Multi-View Label Transfer and Correction 4.1 2D to 3D Label Transfer 4.1.1 Regular and Self-Occlusions 4.1.2 Dynamic Occlusions 4.1.3 Naive Label Transfer and Label Policy-Based Noise 4.2 Label Noise Correction 4.2.1 Scanstrip-Based Noise Correction 4.2.2 Semi-Supervised Scanstrip-Based Noise Correction 4.2.3 Conclusion 4.3 Multi-View Outlier Correction and Label Transfer 4.3.1 Multi-View Network 4.3.2 Label Transfer Network 4.3.3 Conclusion 5 Self-Supervised Point Cloud Rendering and Completion 5.1 Photo-Realistic Point Cloud Rendering 5.1.1 Network Architecture 5.1.2 Loss Function 5.1.3 Image Stitching 5.2 Self-Supervised Shape Completion 5.2.1 Subregion-Based GAN model 5.2.2 Loss Function 5.2.3 Network Architecture 6 Preparation of MMS data 6.1 Preprocessing of the Mobile Mapping Dataset 6.1.1 Semantic Segmentation of the MMS-Dataset 6.1.2 Human annotated MMS-Dataset 6.2 Massively Parallel Point Cloud Rendering Using Hadoop 6.3 Datasets of Self-Occluded Objects 6.3.1 Real Dataset 6.3.2 Synthetic Datasets 7 Experiments and Results for Multi-View Label Transfer 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Baseline 7.3 Training, Validation and Test Set 7.4 Scanstrip-Based Correction 7.4.1 Point-Wise Correction 7.4.2 Supervised Scanstrip-Based Correction 7.4.3 Semi-Supervised Scanstrip-Based Correction 7.4.4 Qualitative Evaluation 7.4.5 Conclusion and Discussion 7.5 Multi-View Error Correction 7.5.1 Baseline 7.5.2 Training, Validation and Test Sets 7.5.3 Training Procedure 7.5.4 Ablation Studies and Results 7.5.5 Qualitative Evaluation 7.5.6 Retraining Semantic Segmentation Network 7.5.7 Results of the Retraining Process 7.5.8 Conclusion and Discussion 7.6 Multi-View Label Transfer Learning 7.6.1 Training Procedure 7.6.2 Ablation Studies and Results 7.6.3 Qualitative Evaluation 7.6.4 Conclusion and Discussion 7.7 Summary and Conclusion 8 Experiments and Results for Self-Supervised Completion 8.1 Photorealistic Point Cloud Rendering 8.1.1 Training Procedure 8.1.2 Quantitative Evaluation 8.1.3 Qualitative Evaluation 8.1.4 Multi-View Error Correction in GAN Images 8.1.5 Conclusion and Discussion 8.2 Self-Supervised Shape Completion 8.2.1 Training Procedure 8.2.2 Quantitative Evaluation 8.2.3 Qualitative Evaluation 8.2.4 Conclusion and Discussion 9 Conclusion and Discussion 9.1 Summary and Discussion 9.1.1 Scanstrip-Based Label Error Correction 9.1.2 End-To-End Multi-View Label Transfer 9.1.3 Self-Supervised Completion 9.1.4 Conclusion 9.2 Outlook List of Figures List of Tables Bibliography Resume Acknowledgements , Sprache der Kurzfassungen: Englisch, Deutsch
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hannover : Leibniz Universität Hannover
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 99.0139(384)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 384
    Description / Table of Contents: This dissertation shows the importance of using low-cost crowd-sourced information for the task of traffic regulator recognition (traffic signals, stop signs, priority signs, uncontrolled intersections), the cost of which in terms of time and money is much higher if standard technology is used for surveying. GPS trajectories can reveal the movement patterns of traffic participants, and the initial hypothesis that traffic regulations can be retrieved by mining the movement patterns imposed by traffic rules is verified. The predictive ability of the classifier becomes more accurate when static information derived from open maps (OSM) is merged with dynamic features extracted from GPS trajectories. An extensive evaluation of the proposed methodology on three datasets, provided classification accuracy between 95% and 97%.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: ix, 178 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karte
    ISBN: 978-3-7696-5310-6 , 9783769653106
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 384
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz Universität Hannover, 2023 , Contents 1. Introduction 1.1. From GPS tracks to Traffic Regulations 1.2. Motivation for Learning Intersection Traffic Regulations 1.3. Research Gap 1.4. Motivation for Learning Traffic Regulations from GPS Data 1.5. Research Objectives, Challenges and Contributions 1.6. Outline of the Thesis 1.7. Summary 1.8. Acknowledgements 2. Theoretical Background 2.1. Intersections and Intersection Traffic Regulations 2.1.1. Intersections 2.1.2. Intersection Traffic Regulations 2.2. Spatiotemporal Data and Movement Trajectories 2.2.1. The Global Positioning System 2.2.2. Sampling Frequency 2.2.3. The GPS Exchange Format: GPX 2.2.4. Movement Patterns in Spatiotemporal Data 2.2.5. Spatiotemporal Data Mining 2.2.6. Semantic Enrichment of Trajectories 2.2.7. Detecting Stop and Moves: the CB-SMoT Algorithm 2.3. Machine Learning 2.3.1. Machine Learning and Types of Learning 2.3.2. Supervised-Learning: Classification 2.3.3. Unsupervised-Learning: Clustering 2.3.4. Semi-supervised Learning 2.3.5. Active-Learning 2.3.6. Incremental Learning 2.4. Acknowledgements 3. Related Work 3.1. Existing Traffic Regulation Recognition Approaches 3.2. Static Categorization 3.2.1. Map-based Category 3.2.2. Image-based Category 3.3. Dynamic Categorization 3.3.1. Episode-based Category 3.3.2. Speed-profile Category 3.3.3. Movement-summarization Category 3.4. Hybrid-based Categorization 3.5. Discussion 3.6. Knowledge Gap 3.7. Acknowledgements 4. Traffic Regulation Recognition (TRR) from GPS Data 4.1. Introduction 4.2. Datasets 4.2.1. Dataset Requirements and Limitations 4.2.2. Datasets for Testing the Proposed Methods 4.2.3. Groundtruth Map Construction 4.3. Methodology 4.3.1. Detection of Stop and Deceleration Episodes 4.3.2. The Static Approach 4.3.3. The c-Dynamic Approach 4.3.4. The Dynamic Approach 4.3.5. The Hybrid Approach 4.3.6. Implementation and Classification Settings 4.4. Results 4.5. Discussion 4.6. Summary 4.7. Acknowledgements 5. TRR From GPS Data: One-Arm versus All-Arm Models 5.1. Introduction 5.2. Methodology 5.2.1. One-Arm vs. All-Arm Models 5.2.2. The Effect of Sampling Rate 5.2.3. Reduced Models 5.2.4. The Effect of Turning/No-Turning Trajectories 5.2.5. The Effect of Number of Trajectories 5.2.6. Application of Domain Knowledge Rules 5.2.7. Classification Settings 5.3. Results 5.3.1. One-arm vs. All-arm Models 5.3.2. Testing the Effect of Sampling Rate 5.3.3. Reduced Models 5.3.4. Testing the Effect of Turning Trajectories and Examining an Optimal Number of Trajectories 5.3.5. Testing the Effect of the Number of Trajectories on Classification Performance 5.3.6. Misclassification Analysis 5.3.7. Applying Domain Knowledge Rules 5.4. Discussion 5.5. Summary 5.6. Acknowledgements 6. TRR with Sparsely Labeled and Stream Data 6.1. Introduction 6.2. TRR with Clustering 6.3. TRR with Self-Training, Active Learning and Cluster-then-Label 6.3.1. TRR with Self-Training: Using Labeled and Unlabeled Data 6.3.2. TRR with Active Learning 6.3.3. TRR with the Cluster-then-Label Algorithm 6.3.4. Comparison of All Tested Methods 6.4. Learning Transferability: Training on City A and Predicting on City B 6.5. Incremental (Online) Learning 6.6. Summary 7. Conclusions and Outlook 7.1. Research Questions Addressed in this Thesis 7.2. Outlook List of Acronyms Index A. Appendix List of Figures List of Tables Bibliography Curriculum Vitae Acknowledgements , Sprache der Kurzfassungen: Englisch, Deutsch
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hannover : Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 99.0139(374)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: vi, 115 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Universität Hannover Nr. 374
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 LEO satellites 1.2 ESA Swarm mission 1.3 Objectives and structure of this work 2 GPS data quality analysis of the Swarm satellite formation 2.1 Fundamentals of GPS 2.2 Tracking performance 2.2.1 Receiver settings 2.2.2 Number of satellites tracked 2.3 Observation Analysis 2.3.1 Signal strength 2.3.2 Code noise 2.3.3 Carrier phase noise 2.4 Geometry-free linear combination 2.5 Cycle Slip Detection/Repair 2.6 Outlier detection 3 Kinematic orbit determination 3.1 Observation modeling 3.1.1 Precise Point Positioning 3.1.2 Batch least-squares adjustment 3.2 Kinematic orbit results 3.2.1 Validation with reduced-dynamic orbits 3.2.2 Validation with external kinematic orbits 3.2.3 Evaluation of orbit quality with residuals of observations 3.2.4 Validation with Satellite Laser Ranging 3.2.5 Validation with gravity fields 3.2.6 Receiver clock 3.3 Covariance Information 4 Kinematic baseline determination 4.1 Relative positioning models 4.1.1 Single-difference model 4.1.2 Double-difference model 4.1.3 Processing strategy using LSA 4.2 Kinematic baseline results 4.2.1 Comparing PPP and DD float baseline 4.2.2 Comparing baselines with float and fixed ambiguities 5 Kinematic velocity determination 5.1 Observation modeling 5.2 Kinematic velocity results 6 Analysis and mitigation of ionospheric scintillation effects 6.1 Ionospheric scintillations characterized by the Swarm satellites 6.2 Phase tracking loop 6.3 Mitigation of high-frequency noise over the polar areas 6.4 Mitigation of tracking errors over the equatorial areas 7 Conclusions , Sprache der Kurzfassungen: Englisch, Deutsch
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hannover : Leibniz Universität Hannover
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 99.0139(358)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, (DE-B103)99942
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: x, 115 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783769652666 , 978-3-7696-5266-6
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 358
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Problem statement 1.2 Research objectives and contributions 1.3 Outline of the thesis 2 Basics 2.1 Linear programming 2.2 MaskR-CNN 2.3 TriNet 2.4 Social force model 2.5 Kalman filter 3 Related Works 3.1 Tracking approaches 3.2 Object detection 3.3 Tracking-based-detection 3.4 Motion model 3.5 Discussion 4 Multi-pedestrian Tracking in 3D Object Space 4.1 Problem statement and thegeneral pipeline 4.2 Detection and localization 4.2.1 Scene modelling 4.2.2 Observations 4.3 Hierarchical data association 4.3.1 Anchor determination 4.3.2 Local structure refinement 4.4 Motion correction and position prediction 4.4.1 Velocity calculation and correction 4.4.2 Missed detections retrieval 4.5 Filtering 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Probabilistic pedestrian tracking 4.6.2 Assumptions 5 Experiments and Results 5.1 Data and evaluation metrics 5.1.1 Data 5.1.2 Evaluation metrics 5.2 Component optimization 5.2.1 Detection and post-processing 5.2.2 Data association 5.2.3 Missed detections recovery 5.3 Component evaluation 5.4 Localization accuracy in 3D object space 5.5 Comparison with state-of-the-art trackers 6 Discussion 6.1 Proposed components 6.2 Performance of the proposed tracker 7 Conclusion Bibliography , Sprache der Kurzfassungen: Englisch, Deutsch
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Mainz : [Landesamt für Geologie und Bergbau Rheinland-Pfalz]
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 91.0021(49)
    In: Mainzer geowissenschaftliche Mitteilungen
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 244 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    ISSN: 0340-4404
    Series Statement: Mainzer geowissenschaftliche Mitteilungen Bd. 49
    Language: German
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Mainz : [Naturhistorisches Museum Mainz und Rheinische Naturforschende Gesellschaft Mainz]
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 94.0081(58)
    In: Mainzer naturwissenschaftliches Archiv
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 255 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISSN: 0542-1535
    Series Statement: Mainzer naturwissenschaftliches Archiv Bd. 58
    Language: German
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Call number: S 99.0139(357)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 357
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 220 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 357
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einleitung 1.1. Motivation 1.2. Zielsetzung und wissenschaftlicher Beitrag 1.3. Aufbau der Arbeit 2. Stand der Forschung 2.1. Änderungsdetektion 2.2. Reduzierung des Bedarfs an manuell erstellten Trainingslabels 2.3. Strategien zum Umgang mit fehlerhaften Labels 2.4. Fehlerhafte Trainingslabels im Bereich der Fernerkundung 2.5. Merkmalsselektion 2.6. Diskussion 3. Grundlagen 3.1. Klassifikation 3.2. Merkmale 3.2.1. Spektrale Merkmale 3.2.2. Texturmerkmale: Haralick Merkmale 3.2.3. Strukturmerkmale: gewichtetes Histogramm der Gradientenrichtungen 3.2.4. 3D Merkmale: normalisiertes digitales Oberflächenmodell 3.2.5. Merkmalsselektionsalgorithmus 3.3. Logistische Regression 3.4. Gegenüber fehlerhaften Trainingslabels robuste logistische Regression 3.5. Klassifikations- und Regressionsbäume 3.6. Random Forest 3.7. Conditional Random Fields 4. Methodik 4.1. Uberblick des Klassifikationsalgorithmus 4.1.1. Initialisierung 4.1.2. Iterativer Prozess 4.2. Robuster Random Forest 4.2.1. Auswahl der Entscheidungsgrenze 4.2.2. Wahrscheinlichkeit der Klassenzugehörigkeit 4.2.3. Individuelle Übergangswahrscheinlichkeiten für jedes Trainingsbeispiel 4.2.4. Wahrscheinlichkeit in den Blättern 4.3. Integration der Kartenlabels als Beobachtungen 4.4. Bestimmung der Ubergangsmatrix 4.5. AnderungsWahrscheinlichkeit 4.6. Klassifikation basierend auf der robusten logistischen Regression 4.7. Multitemporale Klassifikation 4.7.1. Multitemporales CRF Modell 4.7.2. Sequenzielles Training 4.7.3. Ablauf der multitemporalen Klassifikation 5. Aufbau der Experimente 5.1. Datensätze 5.1.1. Hameln 5.1.2. Las Vegas 5.1.3. Vaihingen 5.1.4. Herne 5.1.5. Husum 5.2. Auswahl der Trainingsbeispiele 5.3. Merkmale 5.4. Analyse der Merkmalsselektionsmethode 5.5. Genauigkeitsmaße 5.6. Aufbau und Zielsetzung der Experimente 5.6.1. Merkmalsselektion 5.6.2. Parametertests 5.6.3. Monotemporale Klassifikation 5.6.4. Multitemporale Klassifikation 6. Experimente 6.1. Merkmalsselektion 6.2. Einfluss der Parameter 6.3. Monotemporale Klassifikation 6.3.1. Hameln 6.3.2. Las Vegas 6.3.3. Vaihingen 6.3.4. Herne und Husum 6.3.5. Diskussion 6.4. Multitemporale Klassifikation 6.4.1. Hameln 6.4.2. Las Vegas 6.4.3. Diskussion 7. Fazit und Ausblick 7.1. Fazit 7.2. Ausblick A. Anhang - Daten B. Anhang - Klassifikationsergebnisse , Zusammenfassungen in deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Call number: AWI A7-24-95703
    Description / Table of Contents: The icosahedral non-hydrostatic large eddy model (ICON-LEM) was applied around the drift track of the Multidisciplinary Observatory Study of the Arctic (MOSAiC) in 2019 and 2020. The model was set up with horizontal grid-scales between 100m and 800m on areas with radii of 17.5km and 140 km. At its lateral boundaries, the model was driven by analysis data from the German Weather Service (DWD), downscaled by ICON in limited area mode (ICON-LAM) with horizontal grid-scale of 3 km. The aim of this thesis was the investigation of the atmospheric boundary layer near the surface in the central Arctic during polar winter with a high-resolution mesoscale model. The default settings in ICON-LEM prevent the model from representing the exchange processes in the Arctic boundary layer in accordance to the MOSAiC observations. The implemented sea-ice scheme in ICON does not include a snow layer on sea-ice, which causes a too slow response of the sea-ice surface temperature to atmospheric changes. To allow the sea-ice surface to respond faster to changes in the atmosphere, the implemented sea-ice parameterization in ICON was extended with an adapted heat capacity term. The adapted sea-ice parameterization resulted in better agreement with the MOSAiC observations. However, the sea-ice surface temperature in the model is generally lower than observed due to biases in the downwelling long-wave radiation and the lack of complex surface structures, like leads. The large eddy resolving turbulence closure yielded a better representation of the lower boundary layer under strongly stable stratification than the non-eddy-resolving turbulence closure. Furthermore, the integration of leads into the sea-ice surface reduced the overestimation of the sensible heat flux for different weather conditions. The results of this work help to better understand boundary layer processes in the central Arctic during the polar night. High-resolving mesoscale simulations are able to represent temporally and spatially small interactions and help to further develop parameterizations also for the application in regional and global models.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xii, 110 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 , Contents 1. Introduction 2. Boundary Layers Types of the Atmosphere 2.1. The Convective Boundary Layer (CBL) 2.2. The Neutral Boundary Layer (NBL) 2.3. The Stable Boundary Layer (SBL) 3. The Closure problem 4. Model description 4.1. Applied model versions 4.2. Governing equations 4.3. Horizontal grid 4.4. Vertical grid 4.5. Lateral boundaries 4.6. Parametrizations 4.6.1. Radiation scheme 4.6.2. Microphysics 4.6.3. Mellor-Yamada scheme 4.6.4. Smagorinsky scheme 4.6.5. Sea ice scheme 4.7. Difference to classical LES Models 5. Experimental Setup 6. MOSAiC Measurements 6.1. ARM Meteorological tower 6.2. Radiosondes 7. Model evaluation for the central Arctic 7.1. Impact of the horizontal resolution 7.1.1. Under cold, light wind conditions 7.1.2. Under stormy conditions 7.2. Impact of the sea-ice scheme 7.3. Impact of the lower boundary conditions 7.4. Impact of the parametrization schemes under cold, light wind conditions 7.4.1. Near-surface variables 7.4.2. Vertical profiles 7.4.3. Surface fluxes 7.4.4. Boundary Layer Height 7.5. Impact of the parametrization schemes under stormy conditions 7.5.1. Near-surface variables 7.5.2. Vertical profiles 7.5.3. Surface fluxes 7.5.4. Boundary Layer height 8. Discussion and Summary Acknowledgements Appendix
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Call number: AWI G3-24-95700
    Description / Table of Contents: With Arctic ground as a huge and temperature-sensitive carbon reservoir, maintaining low ground temperatures and frozen conditions to prevent further carbon emissions that contrib-ute to global climate warming is a key element in humankind’s fight to maintain habitable con-ditions on earth. Former studies showed that during the late Pleistocene, Arctic ground condi-tions were generally colder and more stable as the result of an ecosystem dominated by large herbivorous mammals and vast extents of graminoid vegetation – the mammoth steppe. Characterised by high plant productivity (grassland) and low ground insulation due to animal-caused compression and removal of snow, this ecosystem enabled deep permafrost aggrad-ation. Now, with tundra and shrub vegetation common in the terrestrial Arctic, these effects are not in place anymore. However, it appears to be possible to recreate this ecosystem local-ly by artificially increasing animal numbers, and hence keep Arctic ground cold to reduce or-ganic matter decomposition and carbon release into the atmosphere. By measuring thaw depth, total organic carbon and total nitrogen content, stable carbon iso-tope ratio, radiocarbon age, n-alkane and alcohol characteristics and assessing dominant vegetation types along grazing intensity transects in two contrasting Arctic areas, it was found that recreating conditions locally, similar to the mammoth steppe, seems to be possible. For permafrost-affected soil, it was shown that intensive grazing in direct comparison to non-grazed areas reduces active layer depth and leads to higher TOC contents in the active layer soil. For soil only frozen on top in winter, an increase of TOC with grazing intensity could not be found, most likely because of confounding factors such as vertical water and carbon movement, which is not possible with an impermeable layer in permafrost. In both areas, high animal activity led to a vegetation transformation towards species-poor graminoid-dominated landscapes with less shrubs. Lipid biomarker analysis revealed that, even though the available organic material is different between the study areas, in both permafrost-affected and sea-sonally frozen soils the organic material in sites affected by high animal activity was less de-composed than under less intensive grazing pressure. In conclusion, high animal activity af-fects decomposition processes in Arctic soils and the ground thermal regime, visible from reduced active layer depth in permafrost areas. Therefore, grazing management might be utilised to locally stabilise permafrost and reduce Arctic carbon emissions in the future, but is likely not scalable to the entire permafrost region.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: X, 104, A-57 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2024 , Table of contents ABSTRACT ZUSAMMENFASSUNG ABBREVIATIONS AND NOMENCLATURE CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION 1.1 SCIENTIFIC BACKGROUND 1.1.1 ARCTIC GROUND 1.1.2 THE PHENOMENON OF PERMAFROST 1.1.3 ARCTIC NON - PERMAFROST AREAS 1.1.4 HYPOTHESIS 1.2 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES 1.3 METHODS 1.3.1 FIELD METHODS AND SAMPLING APPROACH 1.3.2 STUDY AREA SELECTION 1.3.3 LABORATORY METHODS 1.4 THESIS ORGANISATION CHAPTER 2: LARGE HERBIVORES ON PERMAFROST – A PILOT STUDY OF GRAZING IMPACTS ON PERMAFROST SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN NORTHEASTERN SIBERIA 2.1 ABSTRACT 2.2 I NTRODUCTION 2.3 STUDY AREA 2.4 METHODS 2.4.1 FIELD SAMPLING APPROACH 2.4.2 LABORATORY WORK 2.4.3 DATA ANALYSIS AND EXTERNAL DATA 2.5 RESULTS 2.5.1 VEGETATION ASSESSMENT 2.5.2 SEASONAL THAW DEPTH 2.5.3 CARBON PARAMETERS (TOC, TOC/TN RATIOS , AND Δ13 C RATIOS ) 2.5.4 GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION AND WATER CONTENT 2.5.5 STATISTICS AND CORRELATION ANALYSIS 2.6 DISCUSSION 2.6.1 EFFECTS OF GRAZING ON VEGETATION STRUCTURE AND PERMAFROST THAW 2.6.2 CARBON ACCUMULATION UNDER GRAZING IMPACT 2.6.3 METHODOLOGICAL LIMITATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY 2.7 CONCLUSION 2.8 DATA AVAILABILITY STATEMENT 2.9 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTIONS 2.10 FUNDING 2.11 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 2.12 CONFLICT OF INTERESTS CHAPTER 3: IMPACTS OF REINDEER ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN THE SEASONALLY FROZEN GROUND OF NORTHERN FINLAND: A PILOT STUDY 3.1 ABSTRACT 3.2 I NTRODUCTION 3.3 STUDY AREA 3.4 METHODS 3.4.1 FIELD WORK 3.4.2 LABORATORY ANALYSIS 3.4.3 DATA ANALYSIS AND CALCULATIONS 3.5 RESULTS 3.5.1 CORE DESCRIPTIONS 3.5.2 VEGETATION 3.5.3 CARBON PARAMETERS 3.5.6 COMPARATIVE DATA ANALYSIS 3.6 DISCUSSION 3.6.1 REINDEER IMPACT ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE 3.6.2 REINDEER IMPACT ON VEGETATION 3.6.3 REINDEER IMPACT ON GROUND CHARACTERISTICS 3.6.4 SOC DENSITY AND STOCKS ACROSS THE KUTUHARJU STATION AREA 3.6.5 METHODOLOGICAL LIMITATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY DESIGN 3.6.6 IMPLICATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY FOR FUTURE RESEARCH 3.7 CONCLUSION 3.8 DATA AVAILABILITY 3.9 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTION 3.10 COMPETING INTERESTS 3.11 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 3.12 FUNDING TABLE 3-1 TABLE 3-2 TABLE 3-3 CHAPTER 4: LIPID BIOMARKER SCREENING TO TRACE RECENT LARGE HERBIVORE INFLUENCE ON SOIL CARBON IN PERMAFROST AND SEASONALLY FROZEN ARCTIC GROUND 4.1 ABSTRACT 4.2 I NTRODUCTION 4.3 STUDY AREA 4.4 METHODS 4.4.1 SAMPLING APPROACH 4.4.2 LABORATORY ANALYSIS 4.4.3 LIPID BIOMARKER INDICES 4.4.4 STATISTICS 4.5 RESULTS 4.5.1 TOC 4.5.2 C/N RATIO 4.5.3 STABLE CARBON ISOTOPE RATIO 4.5.4 ABSOLUTE N- ALKANE CONCENTRATION 4.5.5 AVERAGE CHAIN LENGTH 4.5.6 CARBON PREFERENCE INDEX 4.5.7 HIGHER - PLANT ALCOHOL INDEX 4.5.8 STATISTICAL RESULTS 4.6 DISCUSSION 4.6.1 EFFECTS OF GRAZING INTENSITY ON BIOMARKER SIGNALS 4.6.2 EFFECTS OF GROUND THERMAL REGIME ON SOIL OM DEGRADATION 4.6.3 I MPACT OF HERBIVORY ON PERMAFROST OM STORAGE 4.7 CONCLUSION 4.8 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 4.9 COMPETING INTERESTS 4.10 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTION 4.11 FUNDING 4.12 DATA AVAILABILITY CHAPTER 5: SYNTHESIS 5.1 ECOSYSTEM CHANGES UNDER THE IMPACT OF LARGE HERBIVORES 5.2 GRAZING EFFECTS ON SOIL ORGANIC MATTER DECOMPOSITION 5.3 F EASIBILITY OF UTILISING HERBIVORY IN THE ARCTIC 5.4 RESEARCH IMPLICATIONS FOR SUCCESSFUL PLANNING AND USE OF ARCTIC HERBIVORY REFERENCES 93 FINANCIAL AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT APPENDIX 1 APPENDIX I ORGANIC CARBON CHARACTERISTICS IN ICE - RICH PERMAFROST IN ALAS AND YEDOMA DEPOSITS , CENTRAL YAKUTIA, SIBERIA APPENDIX II WHAT ARE THE EFFECTS OF HERBIVORE DIVERSITY ON TUNDRA ECOSYSTEMS ? A SYSTEMATIC REVIEW (ABSTRACT) APPENDIX III SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 2: LARGE HERBIVORES ON PERMAFROST – A PILOT STUDY OF GRAZING IMPACTS ON PERMAFROST SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN NORTHEASTERN SIBERIA APPENDIX IV SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 3: IMPACTS OF REINDEER ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN THE SEASONALLY FROZEN GROUND OF NORTHERN FINLAND : A PILOT STUDY APPENDIX V SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 4: A PILOT STUDY OF LIPID BIOMARKERS TO TRACE RECENT LARGE HERBIVORE INFLUENCE ON SOIL CARBON IN PERMAFROST AND SEASONALLY ROZEN ARCTIC GROUND APPENDIX VI SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO APPENDIX IV: ORGANIC CARBON CHARACTERISTICS IN ICE - RICH PERMAFROST IN ALAS AND YEDOMA DEPOSITS , CENTRAL YAKUTIA, SIBERIA ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS - DANKSAGUNG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Call number: S 90.0066(162,1)
    In: Geologisches Jahrbuch / A
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 261 Seiten , Ill., 1 DVD-ROM (12 cm) und 1 Tafel-Beil. ([2] S.)
    ISBN: 9783510968534
    Series Statement: Geologisches Jahrbuch 162
    Classification:
    Engineering Geophysics
    Language: German
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Call number: AWI G6-19-92375
    In: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften, Nr. 9
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 278 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0175-9302
    Series Statement: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften 9
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, 1999 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS 1. Einleitung 1.1 Kenntnisstand und offene Fragen 1.2 Fragestellung und Ziele dieser Arbeit 2. Umweltbedingungen in den Arbeitsgebieten 2.1 Hydrographie, Eisverhältnisse und NAO 2.2 Zur Variation von Wassertiefe und Breite der Dänemarkstraße und zur Vereisung Islands während des letzten Glazials 3. Methoden 3.1 Auswahl der Kernstationen 3.2 Probennahme und Analysen (Übersicht) 3.3 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Oberflächenwasser Zur Aussage stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse in planktischen Foraminiferen Zur Messung stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse Zur Massenspektrometrie Zur Rekonstruktion von Oberflächentemperaturen Alkane und Alkohole als Maß für Staubeintrag Eistranspmtiertes Material und vulkanische Aschen 3.4 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Zwischen-/ Tiefenwasser Häufigkeit von Cibicides- und anderen benthischen Arten (inkl. Taxonomie) Stabile Isotopenverhältnisse in benthischen Foraminiferen 3.5 AMS 14C-Datierungen Probenreinigung 3. 6 Hauptelementanalysen von vulkanischen Asche-Leithorizonten 3. 7 Geomagnetische Meßgrößen und magnetische Suszeptibiltät 3.8 Techniken zur Spektralanalyse 4. Methodische Ergebnisse 4.1 Zum Einfluß der Probenreinigung auf δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte 4.2 Probleme bei der langfristigen Reproduzierbarkeit von δ18O-Zeitreihen 4.3 Einfluß der Korngröße und Artendefinition planktischer Foraminiferen auf SST-Rekonstruktionen in hohen Breiten 4.4 Vergleich der stabilen Isotopenwerte von Cibicides lobatulus und Cibicidoides wuellerstorfi 5. Stratigraphische Grundlagen und Tiefenprofile der Klimasignale 5.1 Stratigraphische Korrelation zwischen parallel-gekernten GKG- und SL-/KL-Profilen 5.2 Flanktische δ18O-/ δ13C-Kurven, 14C-Alter und biostratigraphische Fixpunkte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Kern 23351 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.3 Benthische δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte in Kern PS2644 5.4 Siliziklastische Sedimentkomponenten: Eistransportiertes Material Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.5 Vulkanische Glasscherben in Kern PS2644: Wind- und Eiseintrag 5.6 Geochemie und Alter einzelner Tephralagen als Leithorizonte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.7 Magnetische Suszeptibilität in den Kernen PS2644, PS2646 und PS2647 Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 5.8 Geomagnetische Feldintensität und Richtungsänderungen in Kern PS2644 5.9 Variation von Planktonfauna und -flora Westliches Islandbecken: Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 Vøring-Plateau: Kern 23071 und 23074 5.10 Benthische Foraminiferen in Kern PS2644 6. Entwicklung von Temperatur und Salzgehalt nördlich der Dänemark-Straße 6.1 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Planktonforaminiferen 6.2 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Uk37 6.3 Variation der Oberflächensalinität 7. Die Feinstratigraphie von Kern PS2644 als Basis für eine Eichung der 14C-Altersskala 22 - 55 ka 7.1 Korrelation zwischen den Klimasignalen in Kern PS2644 und der GISP2-Klimakurve zum Kalibrieren der 14C-Alter und Erstellen eines Altersmodells Tephrachronologische Marker Korrelationsparameter und -regeln Sonderfälle/ Probleme bei der Korrelation 7.2 Alters-stratigraphische Korrelation der Klimakurven von Kern 23071 und 23074 7.3 Variation der Altersanomalien zwischen 20 und 55 14C-ka 7.4 Variabilität des planktischen 14C-Reservoiralters in Schmelzwasserbeeinflußten Seegebieten Variation der planktischen 14C-Alter unmittelbar an der Basis von Heinrich-Ereignis 4 Unterschiede zwischen planktischen und benthischen 14C-Altern in der westlichen Islandsee. Zur Erklärung der inversen Altersdifferenzen 7.5 Differenz zwischen 14C- und Kalenderalter: Zeitliche Variation unter Einfluß des Erdmagnetfeldes - Modell und Befund 7.6 Sedimentationsraten der Kerne 23071, 23074 und PS2644 nach dem GISP2-Altersmodell Vøring-Plateau: Kerne 23071 und 23074 Südwest-Islandsee: Kern PS2644 8. Klimaoszillationen im Europäischen Nordmeer in der Zeit und Frequenzdomäne 8.1 "Der Einzelzyklus" in den Klimakurven von Kern PS2644 8.2 Zur Veränderlichkeit der Warm- und Kaltextreme sowie Zyklenlänge Besonderheiten in der Zyklenlänge Variation der Kalt-(Stadiale) Variation der Interstadiale 8.3 Periodizitäten der Klimasignale im Frequenzband der D.-Oe.-Zyklen. Der D.-Oe.-Zyklus von 1470 J., seine Multiplen und harmonischen Schwingungen Weitere Frequenzen: 1000-1150 Jahre- und 490- 510 Jahre-Zyklizitäten Höhere Frequenzen im Bereich von Jahrhunderten und Dekaden 8.4 Phasenbeziehungen und (örtliche) Steuemngsmechanismen der Dansgaard-Oeschger-Zyklen 9. Schlußfolgerungen Danksagung Literaturverzeichnis Anhang
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Aarhus] : Aarhus University, DCE - Danish Centre for Environment and Energy
    Call number: AWI P5-20-93484
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 189 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: third edition
    ISBN: 978-87-93129-15-3
    Language: English
    Note: INTERACT STATIONS SVALBARD, NORWAY 1 AWIPEV Arctic Research base 2 CNR Arctic Station "Dirigibile ltalia" 3 Ny-Ålesund Research Station- Sverdrup 4 UK Arctic Research Station 5 Netherlands' Arctic Station 6 Adam Mickiewicz University Polar Station - Petuniabukta 7 Czech Arctic Research Station of Josef Svoboda 8 Polish Polar Station, Hornsund NORWAY 9 Finse Alpine Research Centre 10 Nibio Svanhovd Research Station SWEDEN 11 Svartberget Research Station 12 Tarfala Research Station 13 Abisko Scientific Research Station FINLAND 14 Kilpisjarvi Biological Station 15 Pallas-Sodankyla Stations 16 Kolari Research Unit 17 Hyytiälä Forest Research Station 18 Kainuu Fisheries Research Station 19 Oulanka Research Station 20 Varrio Subarctic Research Station 21 Kevo Subarctic Research Station SWITZERLAND 22 Alpine Research and Education Station Furka AUSTRIA 23 Station Hintereis 24 Sonnblick Observatory CZECH REPUBLIC 25 Krkonose Mountains National Park POLAND 26 Karkonosze Mountains National Park 27 M&M Klapa Research Station RUSSIA 28 Lammin-Suo Peatland Station 29 Khibiny Educational and Scientific Station 30 The Arctic Research Station 31 Mukhrino Field Station 32 Numto Park Station 33 Khanymey Research Station 34 Beliy Island Research Station 35 Willem Barentsz Biological Station 36 lgarka Geocryology Laboratory 37 Kajbasovo Research Staton 38 Aktru Research Station 39 Evenkian Field Station 40 International Ecological Educational Center "lstomino" 41 Research Station Samoylov Island 42 Spasskaya Pad Scientific Forest Station 43 Elgeeii Scientific Forest station 44 Chokurdakh Scientific Tundra Station 45 Orotuk Field Station 46 AvachinskyVolcano Field Station 47 North-East Science Station 48 Meinypil'gyno Community Based Biological Station KYRGYZ REPUBLIC 49 Adygine Research Station ALASKA 50 Barrow Arctic Research Center/Barrow Environmental Observatory 51 Toolik Field Station CANADA 52 Kluane Lake Research Station 53 Western Arctic Research Centre 54 Canadian High Arctic Research Station 55 M'Clintock Channel Polar Research Cabins 56 Churchill Northern Studies Centre 57 Flashline Mars Arctic Research Station 58 Polar Environment Atmospheric Research Laboratory 59 CEN Ward Hunt Island Research Station 60 CEN Bylot Island Field Station 61 lgloolik Research Center 62 CEN Salluit Research Station 63 CEN Boniface River Field Station 64 CEN Umiujaq Research Station 65 CEN Whapmagoostui-Kuujjuarapik Research Station 66 CEN Radisson Ecological Research Station 67 CEN Clearwater Lake Research Station 68 Nunavut Research Institute 69 CEN Kangiqsualujjuaq Sukuijarvik Research Station 70 Uapishka Research Station 71 Labrador Institute Research Station GREENLAND 72 DMI Geophysical Observatory- Qaanaaq 73 Arctic Station 74 Arctic DTU, ARTEK Research Station 75 Greenland Institute of Natural Resources 76 Sermilik Research Station 77 Summit Station 78 EGRIP Field Station 79 Zackenberg Research Station 80 Villum Research Station ICELAND 81 Sudurnes Science and Learning Center 82 Litla-Skard 83 China-lceland Arctic Observatory 84 Rif Field Station 85 Skálanes Nature and Heritage Center FAROE ISLANDS 86 Faroe Islands Nature Investigation SCOTLAND 87 ECN Cairngorms
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Helmholtz-Zentrum für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-748
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung, 748
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 203 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2., erweiterte und überarbeitete Auflage
    ISSN: 1866-3192
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 748
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einleitung 2. Zur Geschichte der Frühen Polarforschung 2.1 Die Entwicklung vom 16. Jahrhundert bis 1914 2.1.1 Frühe Polarreisen und ihre Wechselwirkung mit der Kartografie in der frühen Neuzeit 2.1.2 Fragen der Geophysik, Ozeanografie und Meteorologie an die Polarforschung im 18. und 19. Jahrhundert 2.1.3 Frühe deutsche Polarforschung 2.2 Die Entwicklung der deutschen Polarforschung zwischen den Weltkriegen 2.2.1 Die Internationale Gesellschaft zur Erforschung der Arktis mit Luftfahrzeugen (Aeroarctic) von 1922 bis 1931 2.2.2 Die Deutsche Atlantische Expedition („Meteor-Expedition“) von 1925 bis 1927 2.2.3 Die Deutsche Grönlandexpedition Alfred Wegener von 1930 bis 1931 2.2.4 Das zweite Internationale Polarjahr von1932 bis 1933 2.2.5 Walfang und Politik: die „Schwabenlandexpedition“ von 1938 bis 1939 als Fortsetzung der deutschen Südpolarforschung 2.3 Die Deutsche Polarforschung während des Zweiten Weltkrieges 3. Polarforschung nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg bis zur Gründung des AWI (1945-1981) 3.1 Politisch-strategisch motivierte Polarforschung der Großmächte nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg ab 1946/47 3.2 Nationale Polarforschungsunternehmen und internationale Kooperationen von 1948 bis 1981 3.2.1 Die Expédition Glaciologique Internationale au Groenland (EGIG) und andere Expeditionen von 1948 bis 1968 3.2.2 Die Antarktisaktivitäten anderer Länder von 1947 bis 1957 3.2.3 Das Internationale Geophysikalische Jahr von 1957 bis 1959 3.2.4 Die Gründung des Antarctic Treaty System (ATS) im Jahr 1959 3.2.5 Die Polarforschung der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik (DDR) 3.2.6 Die Polarforschung der Bundesrepublik Deutschland (BRD) 4. Die Entwicklung des AWI und der deutschen Polarforschung 4.1 Gründungskontexte 4.1.1 Polarforschung als staatliche Aufgabe 4.1.2 Vorbereitungen zur Gründung eines Polarforschungsinstituts der Bundesrepublik Deutschland im Jahr 1978 4.1.3 Entscheidung über die Standortfrage im Jahr 1979 4.2 Die Gründung des Alfred-Wegener-Instituts für Polarforschung 4.2.1 Gesetzliche und finanzielle Grundlagen, erste antarktische Expeditionen 4.2.2 Die Besetzung der Leitungspositionen 4.2.3 Umfang und Beschaffung der technischen Einrichtungen 4.2.4 Die technischen Einrichtungen der Logistik in der Gründungsphase des AWI 4.3 Die Entwicklung des AWI in Bremerhaven unter der Leitung vonGotthilf Hempel von 1981 bis 1992 4.3.1 Die Entwicklung des AWI von 1981 bis 1986 4.3.2 Eingliederung des IfMB in das AWI von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.3 Kongresse und internationale Kooperationen von 1986 bis 1987 4.3.4 Der Weg in die Klimaforschung ab 1988 4.3.5 Beteiligung an internationalen Eisbohrprogrammen auf Grönland von 1989 bis 1995 4.3.6 Die erste Überwinterung einer Frauenmannschaft in der GvN-Stationvon 1989 bis 1990 4.3.7 Besondere Expeditionen von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.8 Aktivitäten und Umfang der Logistik von 1985 bis 1991 4.3.9 Die Aktivitäten der Zentralen Einrichtungen von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.10 Das AWI als Mitglied eines Großforschungsverbundes ab Mitte der 1980er Jahre 4.3.11 Die politische Wende 1989/90 und die Polar- und Meeresforschung 4.3.12 Am Ende der Gründungsjahre im Jahr 1992 4.3.13 Wechsel des wissenschaftlichen Direktors im Jahr 1992 4.4 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Max Tilzer von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.4.2 Die Entwicklung der Logistik von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.3 Die Entwicklung der zentralen Einrichtungen von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.4 Tiefbohrprojekte auf Grönland und in der Antarktis 4.4.5 Die internationale Zusammenarbeit des AWI ab 1991 4.4.6 Nationale Kooperationen und Aufgaben von 1992 bis 1997 4.5 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Jörn Thiede von 1997 bis 2007 4.5.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.5.2 Forschungsziele und Umstrukturierungen der wissenschaftlichen Bereiche 4.5.3 Übernahme der BAH von 1998 bis 1999 4.5.4 Besondere wissenschaftliche Projekte von 1998 bis 2007 4.5.5 Entwicklung und Aufgaben der Logistik von 1998 bis 2008 4.5.6 Zentrale Aufgaben und Dienste 4.5.7 Außenwirkung 4.5.8 Technologietransfer 4.5.9 Internationale Zusammenarbeit von 1998 bis 2007 4.5.10 Zusammenarbeit in Deutschland von 2000 bis 2007 4.6 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Karin Lochte von 2007 bis 2017 4.6.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.6.2 Forschungsziele und Umstrukturierung der wissenschaftlichen Bereiche ab 2009 4.6.3 Besondere Wissenschaftliche Programme ab 2006 4.6.4 Bedeutungswandel von Transferkonzepten nach Einführung der POF 4.6.5 Entwicklung der Logistik ab 2007 4.6.6 Zentrale Aufgaben und Dienste 4.6.7 Internationale Kooperationen 4.6.8 Nationale Kooperationen 4.7 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Antje Boetius von 2017 bis 2020 4.7.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.7.2 Besondere wissenschaftliche Projekte 4.7.3 Die Entwicklung der Logistik 4.8 Ausblick 5. Quellen- und Literaturverzeichnis 5.1 Quellen 5.1.1 Archivalien 5.1.2 Gedruckte Quellen 5.1.3 Pressemitteilungen 5.1.4 Internetseiten 5.1.5 Auskunftspersonen 5.2 Sekundärliteratur 5.2.1 Monographien, Aufsätze und Artikel 5.2.2 Einträge in der Online-Enzyklopädie Wikipedia 5.2.3 Internetseiten 6. Abbildungsverzeichnis 7. Abkürzungsverzeichnis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer Nature
    Call number: AWI G3-21-94155
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date assessment of the key terrestrial components of the Arctic system, i.e., its hydrology, permafrost, and ecology, drawing on the latest research results from across the circumpolar regions. The Arctic is an integrated system, the elements of which are closely linked by the atmosphere, ocean, and land. Using an integrated system approach, the book’s 30 chapters, written by a diverse team of leading scholars, carefully examine Arctic climate variability/change, large river hydrology, lakes and wetlands, snow cover and ice processes, permafrost characteristics, vegetation/landscape changes, and the future trajectory of Arctic system evolution. The discussions cover the fundamental features of and processes in the Arctic system, with a special focus on critical knowledge gaps, i.e., the interactions and feedbacks between water, permafrost, and ecosystem, such as snow pack and permafrost changes and their impacts on basin hydrology and ecology, river flow, geochemistry, and energy fluxes to the Arctic Ocean, and the structure and function of the Arctic ecosystem in response to past/future changes in climate, hydrology, and permafrost conditions. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for researchers, graduate students, environmentalists, managers, and administrators who are concerned with the northern environment and resources.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 914, C1 Seiten , Illustrationen, Fotogafien (farbig), Karten (farbig), Diagramme (farbig)
    Edition: corrected publication 2021
    ISBN: 9783030509309
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Arctic Climate and Greenland 1 Arctic Climate Change, Variability, and Extremes / John E. Walsh 2 Precipitation Characteristics and Changes / Hengchun Ye, Daqing Yang, Ali Behrangi, Svetlana L. Stuefer, Xicai Pan, Eva Mekis, Yonas Dibike, and John E. Walsh 3 Snow Cover - Observations, Processes, Changes, and Impacts on Northern Hydrology / Ross Brown, Philip Marsh, Stephen Déry, and Daqing Yang 4 Evaporation Processes and Changes Over the Northern Regions / Yinsheng Zhang, Ning Ma, Hotaek Park, John E. Walsh, and Ke Zhang 5 Greenland Ice Sheet and Arctic Mountain Glaciers / Sebastian H. Mernild, Glen E. Liston, and Daqing Yang Part II Hydrology and Biogeochemistry 6 Regional and Basin Streamflow Regimes and Changes: Climate Impact and Human Effect / Michael Rawlins, Daqing Yang, and Shaoqing Ge 7 Hydrologic Extremes in Arctic Rivers and Regions: Historical Variability and Future Perspectives / Rajesh R. Shrestha, Katrina E. Bennett, Daniel L. Peters, and Daqing Yang 8 Overview of Environmental Flows in Permafrost Regions / Daniel L, Peters, Donald J. Baird, Joseph Culp, Jennifer Lento, Wendy A. Monk, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 9 Yukon River Discharge Response to Seasonal Snow Cover Change / Daqing Yang, Yuanyuan Zhao, Richard Armstrong, Mary J. Brodzik, and David Robinson 10 Arctic River Water Temperatures and Thermal Regimes / Daqing Yang, Hoteak Park, Amber Peterson, and Baozhong Liu 11 Changing Biogeochemical Cycles of Organic Carbon, Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Trace Elements in Arctic Rivers / Jonathan O'Donnell, Thomas Douglas, Amanda Barker, and Laodong Guo 12 Arctic Wetlands and Lakes-Dynamics and Linkages / Kathy L. Young, Laura Brown, and Yonas Dibike 13 River Ice Processes and Changes Across the Northern Regions / Daqing Yang, Hotaek Park, Terry Prowse, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Ellie McLeod Part III Permafrost and Frozen Ground 14 Permafrost Features and Talik Geometry in Hydrologic System / Kenji Yoshikawa and Douglas L. Kane 15 Ground Temperature and Active Layer Regimes and Changes / Lin Zhao, Cangwei Xie, Daqing Yang, and Tingjun Zhang 16 Permafrost Hydrology: Linkages and Feedbacks / Tetsuya Hiyama, Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane 17 Permafrost Hydrogeology / Barret L. Kurylyk and Michelle A. Walvoord Part IV Ecosystem Change and Impact 18 Greenhouse Gases and Energy Fluxes at Permafrost Zone / Masahito Ueyama, Hiroki Iwata, Hideki Kobayashi, Eugénie Euskirchen, Lutz Merbold, Takeshi Ohta, Takashi Machimura, Donatella Zona, Walter C. Oechel, and Edward A. G. Schuur 19 Spring Phenology of the Boreal Ecosystems / Nicolas Delbart 20 Diagnosing Environmental Controls on Vegetation Greening and Browning Trends Over Alaska and Northwest Canada Using Complementary Satellite Observations / Youngwook Kim, John S. Kimball, Nicholas Parazoo, and Peter Kirchner 21 Boreal Forest and Forest Fires / Yongwon Kim, Hideki Kobayashi, Shin Nagai, Masahito Ueyama, Bang-Yong Lee, and Rikie Suzuki 22 Northern Ecohydrology of Interior Alaska Subarctic / Jessica M. Young-Robertson, W. Robert Bolton, and Ryan Toohey 23 Yukon River Discharge-NDVI Relationship / Weixin Xu and Daqing Yang Part V Cross-System Linkage and Integration 24 River Freshwater Flux to the Arctic Ocean / Alexander Shiklomanov, Stephen Déry, Mikhail Tretiakov, Daqing Yang, Dmitry Magritsky, Alex Georgiadi, and Wenqing Tang 25 River Heat Flux into the Arctic Ocean / Daqing Yang, Shaoqing Ge, Hotaek Park, and Richard L. Lammers 26 Cold Region Hydrologic Models and Applications / Hotaek Park, Yonas Dibike, Fengge Su, and John Xiaogang Shi 27 Regional Climate Modeling in the Northern Regions / Zhenhua Li, Yanping Li, Daqing Yang, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 28 High-Resolution Weather Research Forecasting (WRF) Modeling and Projection Over Western Canada, Including Mackenzie Watershed / Yanping Li and Zhenhua Li 29 Responses of Boreal Forest Ecosystems and Permafrost to Climate Change and Disturbances: A Modeling Perspective / Shuhua Yi and Fengming Yuan 30 Future Trajectory of Arctic System Evolution / Kazuyuki Saito, John E. Walsh, Arvid Bring, Ross Brown, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Daqing Yang Correction to: Arctic Hydrology, Permafrost and Ecosystems / Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Call number: S 00.0063(91/1)
    In: Schriftenreihe der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Geowissenschaften
    In: Stratigraphie von Deutschland
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 613 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783510492435
    Series Statement: Schriftenreihe der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Geowissenschaften Heft 91,1
    Language: German
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: S 99.0139(377)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 377
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 146 Seiten , Diagramme, Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 978-3-7696-5295-6 , 9783769652956
    ISSN: 0065-5325
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 377
    Language: English , German
    Note: Dissertation, Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz Universität Hannover, 2021 , Contents 1. Introduction 1.1. Motivation 1.2. Goal and Contributions 1.3. Structure of this Thesis 2. Fundamentals 2.1. Classification 2.2. Artificial Neural Network 2.2.1. Perceptron 2.2.2. Multilayer Percptrons 2.2.3. Training 2.2.3.1. Loss Function 2.2.3.2. Gradient Descent Optimization 2.2.3.3. Step Learning Policy 2.3. Convolution Neural Networks 2.3.1. Components 2.3.1.1. Convolution 2.3.1.2. Pooling 2.3.1.3. Batch Normalization 2.3.2. CNN for Image Classification 2.3.3. CNN for Semantic Segmentation 2.3.3.1. Fully Convolution Networks 2.3.3.2. U-Net 2.3.4. Training 2.3.5. Data Augmentation 3. Related Work 3.1. CNN in general 3.1.1. Image Classification 3.1.2. Semantic Segmentation 3.2. Land Cover Classification 3.3. Land Use Classification 3.3.1. Methods not based on CNN 3.3.2. CNN-based Methods 3.4. Discussion 3.4.1. Land Cover Classification 3.4.2. Land Use Classification 4. Methodology 4.1. Overview 4.2. Land Cover Classification 4.2.1. Network Architecture 4.2.2. Network Variants 4.2.2.1. Network without skip-connections 4.2.2.2. Network with elementwise addition skip-connections 4.2.2.3. Network with learnable skip-connections 4.2.3. Training 4.3. Hierarchical Land Use Classification 4.3.1. Polygon Shape Representation 4.3.2. Patch Preparation 4.3.2.1. Tiling 4.3.2.2. Scaling 4.3.2.3. Combination of tiling and scaling 4.3.3. Network Architecture 4.3.3.1. Base Network for Mask Representation: LuNet-lite 4.3.3.2. LuNet-lite with Multi-Task Learning 4.3.3.3. Achieving Consistency with the Class Hierarchy 4.3.3.4. Network Architecture for Implicit Representation 4.3.4. Training 4.3.4.1. LuNet-lite 4.3.4.2. LuNet-lite-MT 4.3.4.3. LuNet-lite-JO and LuNet-lite-BG-JO 4.3.5. Inference at Object Level 5. Datasets and Test Setup 5.1. Datasets 5.1.1. Hameln 5.1.2. Schleswig 5.1.3. Mecklenburg-Vorpommern (MV) 5.1.4. Vaihingen and Potsdam 5.2. Evaluation Metrics 5.3. Experimental Setup 5.3.1. Land Cover Classification 5.3.1.1. Test Setup 5.3.1.2. Overview of all Experiments 5.3.1.3. Prediction Variability of FuseNet-lite 5.3.1.4. Impact of the Hyperparameter Settings 5.3.1.5. Effectiveness of the learnable Skip-Connections 5.3.1.6. Performance of FuseNet-lite 5.3.1.7. Combining Datasets 5.3.2. Land Use Classification 5.3.2.1. Input Configurations 5.3.2.2. Test Setup 5.3.2.3. Overview of all Experiments 5.3.2.4. Prediction Variability of LuNet-lite-JO 5.3.2.5. Impact of the Hyperparameter Settings 5.3.2.6. Impact of Joint Optimization 5.3.2.7. Impact of the Polygon Representation 5.3.2.8. Impact of Land Cover Information 5.3.2.9. Impact of the Patch Generation 5.3.2.10. Evaluation on all Datasets 5.3.2.11. Combining Datasets 6. Experiments 6.1. Evaluation of Land Cover Classification 6.1.1. Prediction Variability of FuseNet-lite 6.1.2. Investigations of the Hyperparameter Settings 6.1.2.1. Base Learning Rate 6.1.2.2. Mini Batch Size 6.1.2.3. The Weight of the Penalty Term in the Focal Loss 6.1.3. Effectiveness of the learnable Skip-Connections 6.1.4. Evaluation on the individual Datasets 6.1.4.1. Hameln, Schleswig and MV 6.1.4.2. Vaihingen and Potsdam 6.1.4.3. Answers to the Questions raised in Section 5.3.1.6 6.1.5. Training on the combined Datasets 6.1.6. Discussion 6.2. Evaluation of Land Use Classification 6.2.1. Prediction Variability of LuNet-lite-JO 6.2.2. Investigations of the Hyperparameter Settings 6.2.2.1. Base Learning Rate 6.2.2.2. Mini Batch Size 6.2.2.3. The Weight of the Penalty Term in the Focal Loss 6.2.3. Impact of Joint Optimization 6.2.4. Impact of the Polygon Representation 6.2.5. Impact of Land Cover Information 6.2.6. Impact of the Patch Generation Approach 6.2.7. Evaluation on all Datasets 6.2.8. Training on combined Datasets 6.2.9. Discussion 7. Conclusion and Outlook 7.1. Conclusion 7.2. Outlook References , Sprache der Kurzfassungen: Englisch, Deutsch
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94410
    Description / Table of Contents: Die MOSAiC-Expedition verschiebt die Grenzen des Machbaren und markiert einen historischen Meilenstein der Polarforschung. In den Fußstapfen von Fridtjof Nansens bahnrechender Pionierleistung in den Jahren 1893 bis 1896 mit seinem hölzernen Segelschiff »Fram« bringt sie erstmals einen modernen Forschungseisbrecher im Winter in die direkte Umgebung des Nordpols. 20 Nationen haben sich zusammengetan, um die Geheimnisse des dramatischen Klimawandels der Arktis zu entschlüsseln. Untertützt wird das Flaggschiff der Expedition, der deutsche Forschungseisbrecher »Polarstern«, von sechs weiteren Schiffen und Eisbrechern, Flugzeugen und Helikoptern. Insgesamt fünfhundert Menschen nehmen an den verschiedenen Phasen der Expedition teil. Markus Rex, Kopf des Vorhabens und Expeditionsleiter, berichtet anschaulich vom oft genug dramatischen Verlauf dieser Expedition, aber auch von überwältigend faszinierenden Eindrücken aus der Arktis während der langen winterlichen Polarnacht und während des sommerlichen Polartags. Und er beschreibt die unvorstellbaren Herausforderungen, denen sich die Expeditionsteilnehmer eingefroren im polaren Eis gestellt haben - immer geleitet von dem Ziel, Licht in die Prozesse des globalen Klimawandels zu bringen, der nirgends so auseprägt ist wie in der Arktis.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 319 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783570104149 , 3570104141
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Prolog Teil I: Herbst Kapitel 1: Es beginnt Kapitel 2: Auf dünnem Eis Kapitel 3: Ein neues Zuhause Teil II: Winter Kapitel 4: Allein am Ende der Welt Kapitel 5: Sturm in der Polarnacht Kapitel 6: Weihnachten im Eis Teil III: An Land Kapitel 7: Auf Messers Schneide Teil IV: Frühling Kapitel 8: Wieder im Eis Kapitel 9: Das große Schmelzen Teil V: Sommer Kapitel 10: Hochsommer auf dem Eis Kapitel 11: Der Nordpol - und eine neue Scholle Kapitel 12: Es geht nach Hause Epilog Dank Register Bildnachweis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Call number: S 99.0139(365)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 365
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 129 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 978-3-7696-5270-3
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 365
    Language: German
    Note: 1. Einleitung 1.1. Motivation 1.2. Zielsetzung und Beitrag der Arbeit 1.2.1. Zielsetzung 1.2.2. Beitrag der Arbeit 1.3. Gliederung 2. Stand der Forschung 2.1. Bündelausgleichung 2.1.1. Zeilenkamera-Bilder 2.1.2. DGM als Passinformation 2.2. High Resolution Stereo Camera (HRSC) 2.2.1. Photogrammetrische Mars-Missionen 2.2.2. Mars Express 2.2.3. Entwicklung und Aufbau der Kamera 2.2.4. Verarbeitung der HRSC-Daten 3. Methodik 3.1. Mathematisches Modell der Bündelausgleichung 3.1.1. Funktionales Modell 3.1.2. Interpolation und Distanz zwischen den Orientierungspunkten 3.1.3. Stochastisches Modell 3.2. Systematische Bündelausgleichung der HRSC-Daten 3.2.1. Vorverarbeitung 3.2.2. Verknüpfungspunktbestimmung 3.2.3. Bündelausgleichung 3.2.4. Evaluierung der Orientierungsdaten 3.3. Zweistufige Bündelausgleichung von Zeilenkamera-Blöcken 3.3.1. Einzelstreifenausgleichung 3.3.2. Konzept der Blockbildung 3.3.3. Teilblock-Strategie zur Verknüpfungspunktbestimmung 3.3.4. Verknüpfungspunktfilter 3.3.5. Blockausgleichung 3.3.6. Stellgrößen des Verfahrens 4. Experimente und Ergebnisse 4.1. Ziele und Daten 4.1.1. Zielsetzung der Experimente 4.1.2. Verwendete HRSC-Daten 4.2. Einzelstreifenauswertung 4.2.1. Beispiel 4.2.2. Schwingungen in den Mars-Express-Orientierungsdaten 4.2.3. Globale Einzelstreifenausgleichung 4.3. Blockauswertungen 4.3.1. Beispiel 4.3.2. Untersuchungen zum Verknüpfungspunktfilter 4.3.3. Systematische Bündelausgleichung der MC-30-Blöcke 4.4. Diskussion der Ergebnisse 5. Fazit 5.1. Zusammenfassung und Schlussfolgerungen 5.2. Ausblick , Sprache der Zusammenfassungen: Deutsch, Englisch
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Call number: S 99.0139(364)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 364
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 121 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 978-3-7696-5268-0
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Universität Hannover Nr. 364
    Language: English
    Note: List of Figures List of Tables Acronyms 1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Objective and Outline 2 Fundamentals of Recursive State-space Filtering 2.1 Parameter Estimation 2.1.1 Gauss-Markov Model 2.1.2 Gauss-Helmert Model 2.1.3 Recursive Parameter Estimation 2.2 Recursive State-space Filtering 2.2.1 Iterated Extended Kalman Filter for Gauss-Markov Models 2.2.2 Iterated Extended Kalman Filter for Gauss-Helmert Models 2.3 State Constraints 2.3.1 Hard Constraints 2.3.2 Soft Constraints 2.3.3 Non-linear Constraints 3 Methodological Contributions 3.1 Versatile Recursive State-space Filter 3.2 Kalman Filtering with State Constraints for Gauss-Helmert Models 3.2.1 Implicit Pseudo Observations 3.2.2 Constrained Objective Function 3.2.3 Improvement of Implicit Contradictions 3.3 Recursive Gauss-Helmert Model 3.4 Example of Application 3.4.1 Monte-Carlo Simulation and Consistency 3.4.2 Results 3.4.3 Conclusions 4 Kinematic Multi-sensor Systems and Their Efficient Calibration 4.1 Kinematic Multi-sensor Systems 4.2 Calibration of Laser Scanner-based Multi-sensor Systems 4.2.1 Motivation 4.2.2 Experimental Setup 4.2.3 Classical Methods 4.2.4 Novel Recursive Calibration Approach 4.2.5 Comparison and Discussion 5 Information-based Georeferencing 5.1 Motivation 5.2 Experimental Setup 5.2.1 Kinematic Laser Scanner-based Multi-sensor Systems 5.2.2 Scenarios and Measuring Process 5.2.3 Additional Object Space Information 5.3 State of the Art Methods 5.4 Novel Information-based Georeferencing Approach 5.4.1 Basic Idea 5.4.2 Transformation of the Laser Scanner Observations 5.4.3 Assignment of the Laser Scanner Observations 5.4.4 Application of the Versatile Recursive State-space Filter 5.5 Comparison and Discussion 5.5.1 Mapping Within an Inner Courtyard 5.5.2 Georeferencing of an Autonomous Vehicle Within an Urban Canyon 5.5.3 Conclusions 6 Conclusions 6.1 Summary 6.2 Outlook A Appendix A.1 Pseudocode of the Versatile Recursive State-space Filter A.2 Analysis for the Selection of a Suitable Measurement and Process Noise Bibliography Acknowledgments CurriculumVitae , Zusammenfassung in englisch und deutsch Seite v-vii
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Call number: ZS-064(222)
    In: Forstliche Forschungsberichte München
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 83 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 3-933506-53-0
    Series Statement: Forstliche Forschungsberichte München 222
    Language: German
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-95014
    Description / Table of Contents: The deciduous needle tree larch (Larix Mill.) covers more than 80% of the Asian boreal forests. Only a few Larix species constitute the vast forests and these species differ markedly in their ecological traits, most importantly in their ability to grow on and stabilize underlying permafrost. The pronounced dominance of the summergreen larches makes the Asian boreal forests unique, as the rest of the northern hemisphere boreal forests is almost exclusively dominated by evergreen needle-leaf forests. Global warming is impacting the whole world but is especially pronounced in the arctic and boreal regions. Although adapted to extreme climatic conditions, larch forests are sensitive to varying climatic conditions. By their sheer size, changes in Asian larch forests as range shifts or changes in species composition and the resulting vegetation-climate feedbacks are of global relevance. It is however still uncertain if larch forests will persist under the ongoing warming climate or if they will be replaced by evergreen forests. It is therefore of great importance to understand how these ecosystems will react to future climate warmings and if they will maintain their dominance. One step in the better understanding of larch dynamics is to study how the vast dominant forests developed and why they only established in northern Asia. A second step is to study how the species reacted to past changes in the climate. The first objective of this thesis was to review and identify factors promoting Asian larch dominance. I achieved this by synthesizing and comparing reported larch occurrences and influencing components on the northern hemisphere continents in the present and in the past. The second objective was to find a possibility to directly study past Larix populations in Siberia and specifically their genetic variation, enabling the study of geographic movements. For this, I established chloroplast enrichment by hybridization capture from sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) isolated from lake sediment records. The third objective was to use the established method to track past larch populations, their glacial refugia during the Last Glacial Maximum (LGM) around 21,000 years before present (ka BP), and their post-glacial migration patterns. To study larch promoting factors, I compared the present state of larch species ranges, areas of dominance, their bioclimatic niches, and the distribution on different extents and thaw depths of permafrost. The species comparison showed that the bioclimatic niches greatly overlap between the American and Asian species and that it is only in the extremely continental climates in which only the Asian larch species can persist. I revealed that the area of dominance is strongly connected to permafrost extent but less linked to permafrost seasonal thaw depths. Comparisons of the paleorecord of larch between the continents suggest differences in the recolonization history. Outside of northern Asia and Alaska, glacial refugial populations of larch were confined to the southern regions and thus recolonization could only occur as migration from south to north. Alaskan larch populations could not establish wide-range dominant forest which could be related to their own genetically depletion as separated refugial population. In Asia, it is still unclear whether or not the northern refugial populations contributed and enhanced the postglacial colonization or whether they were replaced by populations invading from the south in the course of climate warming. Asian larch dominance is thus promoted partly by adaptions to extremely continental climates and by adaptations to grow on continuous permafrost but could be also connected to differences in glacial survival and recolonization history of Larix species. Except for extremely rare macrofossil findings of fossilized cones, traditional methods to study past vegetation are not able to distinguish between larch species or populations. Within the scope of this thesis, I therefore established a method to retrieve genetic information of past larch populations to distinguish between species. Using the Larix chloroplast genome as target, I successfully applied the method of DNA target enrichment by hybridization capture on sedaDNA samples from lake records and showed that it is able to distinguish between larch species. I then used the method on samples from lake records from across Siberia dating back up to 50 ka BP. The results allowed me to address the question of glacial survival and post-glacial recolonization mode in Siberian larch species. The analyzed pattern showed that LGM refugia were almost exclusively constituted by L. gmelinii, even in sites of current L. sibirica distribution. For included study sites, L. sibirica migrated into its extant northern distribution area only in the Holocene. Consequently, the post-glacial recolonization of L. sibirica was not enhanced by northern glacial refugia. In case of sites in extant distribution area of L. gmelinii, the absence of a genetic turn-over point to a continuous population rather than an invasion of southern refugia. The results suggest that climate has a strong influence on the distribution of Larix species and that species may also respond differently to future climate warming. Because species differ in their ecological characteristics, species distribution is also relevant with respect to further feedbacks between vegetation and climate. With this thesis, I give an overview of present and past larch occurrences and evaluate which factors promote their dominance. Furthermore, I provide the tools to study past Larix species and give first important insights into the glacial history of Larix populations.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: x, 121 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2022 , Table of Contents Summary Deutsche Zusammenfassung Table of Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Larix forests in a changing climate 1.2 The genus Larix 1.3 Larix distribution in the world and their dominance in northern Asia 1.4 Methods to study past species dynamics 1.4.1 Modern genetic marker studies 1.4.2 Lake sediments as archives of the past 1.4.3 Pollen and macrofossils 1.4.4 Metabarcoding of sedimentary ancient DNA 1.4.5 Metagenomic shotgun sequencing 1.4.6 Target enrichment by hybridization capture 1.5 Thesis Objectives 1.6 Thesis outline & author contributions 2 Manuscript I 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Material and methods 2.3.1 Bioclimatic limits 2.3.2 Pollen, macrofossil, and DNA datasets 2.3.3 Ice sheets 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Bioclimatic limits of Larix and its distribution on permafrost 2.4.2 Glacial occurrence patterns of Larix 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Are differences in species bioclimatic limits responsible for disparity in Larix distribution across continents? 2.5.2 Do high latitude glacial refugia guarantee larch dominance? 2.5.3 What role does postglacial migration play in larch dominance? 2.5.4 Fire as an additional factor 2.5.5 Outlook 2.6 Conclusion 2.7 Acknowledgements 2.8 Author contributions 2.9 References 3 Manuscript II 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Sample material 3.3.2 Laboratory work 3.3.3 Data analysis 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Overview of the shotgun and hybridization capture data sets 3.4.2 Ancient DNA authenticity 3.4.3 Retrieval of the Larix chloroplast genome 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Taxonomic classification—conservative approach results in low numbers of assignment 3.5.2 Target enrichment success—Larix reads increased by orders of magnitude along with other taxonomic groups 3.5.3 Complete retrieval of ancient Larix chloroplast genomes 3.5.4 Larix sibirica variants present over time 3.5.5 Larch forest decline over the last 7000 years 3.6 Conclusion 3.7 Acknowledgments 3.8 Author contributions 3.9 References 4 Manuscript III 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Results & Discussion 4.3.1 Chloroplast and repetitive DNA enrichment in the sedaDNA samples 4.3.2 A wider pre-glacial distribution of L. sibirica 4.3.3 Larix gmelinii formed northern LGM refugia across Siberia 4.3.4 Postglacial colonization history - differences among larch species 4.3.5 Environment likely plays a more important role than biogeography 4.4 Conclusion 4.5 Material & methods 4.5.1 Sample material 4.5.2 Sequence data analysis 4.6 Data availability 4.7 Acknowledgments 4.8 Author contributions 4.9 References 5 Discussion and synthesis 5.1 Hybridization capture is a well-suited method to study ancient species dynamics 5.1.1 Advantages and limitations of shotgun sequencing 5.1.2 Successful hybridization capture enrichment using chloroplast DNA 5.1.3 Challenges in single-copy target enrichment 5.1.4 Limitations and potentials to improve sedaDNA capture studies 5.2 Factors promoting Asian larch dominance 5.3 Drivers of Larix species distribution 5.3.1 Implications for larch forests under climate warming 5.4 Conclusion 5.5 Outlook 6 References 7 Appendix 7.1 Appendix to manuscript I 7.2 Appendix to manuscript II 7.3 Appendix to manuscript III 7.3.1 Material and Methods 7.3.2 Additional Results & Discussions 7.3.3 References Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Call number: S 00.0063(95)
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 244 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783510492442
    Series Statement: Schriftenreihe der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Geowissenschaften Heft 95
    Language: German , English
    Note: Beiträge teilweise in deutscher, teilweise in englischer Sprache
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: AWI G8-21-94666
    Description / Table of Contents: Anthropogenic climate change constitutes one of the main global crises in the 21st century. It manifests itself distinctly in global warming and its effects. Forests play an essential role in mitigating the effects of climate change, improving our knowledge of the distribution and changes of terrestrial carbon stocks is vital to mitigate its consequences. Therefore, remote sensing is recommended as one of the tools to ensure systematic and operational forest monitoring. Forests in the Russian Federation are of particular importance as it is the most forested country in the world and at the same time, it is the country with the highest uncertainty when calculating global carbon stocks. Remote sensing is recommended as one of the tools to ensure systematic and operational forest monitoring. It can acquire data over large areas with a high repetition rate and at a relatively low cost. In particular, microwave sensors are recommended as they can provide weather and sun independent, systematic observations with high temporal frequency. The main goal of this cumulative dissertation was to develop methods using new algorithms for estimating parameters for boreal forests from remote sensing data acquired with Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR). Using the SAR data acquired by the sensor with the longest wavelength available at the moment of writing this dissertation in space, the L-band, methods for estimating the above-ground forest biomass were developed. For this purpose, algorithms for machine learning (ML) were applied and validated. These methods were chosen because they are recommended for large data sets and an incomplete theoretical understanding of processes, e.g., the interaction between the forest and the radar signal, and are relatively new in forest monitoring studies. In addition, efforts have been made to establish improved mapping of large-scale forest cover change
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 234 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English , German
    Note: Content ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS APPENDED PAPERS RELATED PUBLICATIONS FIGURES TABLES I ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ABSTRACT ZUSAMMENFASSUNG CHAPTER 1 Introduction 1.1 Importance of forest monitoring 1.2 Remote sensing for forest monitoring 1.3 Scope and structure of this thesis CHAPTER 2 2 Theoretical background & state-of-the-art 2.1 Boreal forests 2.2 Imaging radar theory 2.2.1 Radar principles 2.2.2 Radar scattering 2.2.3 SAR data processing 2.2.4 SAR lnterferometry 2.3 Radar remote sensing of boreal forests 2.3.1 Estimation of aboveground biomass 2.3.2 Monitoring of forest change 2.4 Study area and data 2.4.1 Location of study areas 2.4.2 Processing of in situ data 2.4.3 SAR L-band data: PALSAR & PALSAR-2 2.4.4 SAR C-band data: RADARSAT-2 CHAPTER 3 3 Research rationale 3.1 Research needs 3.2 Research questions CHAPTER 4 4 Research contribution 4.1 Operational forest monitoring in Siberia 4.2 Remote sensing for aboveground biomass estimation in boreal forests 4.3 Non-parametric retrieval of aboveground biomass 4.4 Multi-frequency SAR for estimation of aboveground biomass CHAPTER 5 5 Synthesis 5.1 Discussion and conclusions 5.2 Outlook REFERENCES APPENDIX A: PROCEEDINGS PAPER APPENDIX B: STUDIES ON nI0MASS ESTIMATION IN Il0REAL FORESTS MANUSCRIPT OVERVIEW STATEMENT OF AUTH0RSHIP CURRICULUM VITAE , Zusammenfassungen in deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Call number: ZS-064(223)
    In: Forstliche Forschungsberichte München
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 89 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 3933506549
    Series Statement: Forstliche Forschungsberichte München 223
    Language: German
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Mainz : Naturhistorisches Museum / Landessammlung für Naturkunde Rheinland-Pfalz
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 93.1022(36)
    In: Mainzer naturwissenschaftliches Archiv, 36
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 189 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme , 30 cm
    ISSN: 0174-6626
    Series Statement: Mainzer naturwissenschaftliches Archiv : Beiheft 36
    Language: German
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Call number: AWI G8-23-95167
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic nearshore zone plays a key role in the carbon cycle. Organic-rich sediments get eroded off permafrost affected coastlines and can be directly transferred to the nearshore zone. Permafrost in the Arctic stores a high amount of organic matter and is vulnerable to thermo-erosion, which is expected to increase due to climate change. This will likely result in higher sediment loads in nearshore waters and has the potential to alter local ecosystems by limiting light transmission into the water column, thus limiting primary production to the top-most part of it, and increasing nutrient export from coastal erosion. Greater organic matter input could result in the release of greenhouse gases to the atmosphere. Climate change also acts upon the fluvial system, leading to greater discharge to the nearshore zone. It leads to decreasing sea-ice cover as well, which will both increase wave energy and lengthen the open-water season. Yet, knowledge on these processes and the resulting impact on the nearshore zone is scarce, because access to and instrument deployment in the nearshore zone is challenging. Remote sensing can alleviate these issues in providing rapid data delivery in otherwise non-accessible areas. However, the waters in the Arctic nearshore zone are optically complex, with multiple influencing factors, such as organic rich suspended sediments, colored dissolved organic matter (cDOM), and phytoplankton. The goal of this dissertation was to use remotely sensed imagery to monitor processes related to turbidity caused by suspended sediments in the Arctic nearshore zone. In-situ measurements of water-leaving reflectance and surface water turbidity were used to calibrate a semi-empirical algorithm which relates turbidity from satellite imagery. Based on this algorithm and ancillary ocean and climate variables, the mechanisms underpinning nearshore turbidity in the Arctic were identified at a resolution not achieved before. The calibration of the Arctic Nearshore Turbidity Algorithm (ANTA) was based on in-situ measurements from the coastal and inner-shelf waters around Herschel Island Qikiqtaruk (HIQ) in the western Canadian Arctic from the summer seasons 2018 and 2019. It performed better than existing algorithms, developed for global applications, in relating turbidity from remotely sensed imagery. These existing algorithms were lacking validation data from permafrost affected waters, and were thus not able to reflect the complexity of Arctic nearshore waters. The ANTA has a higher sensitivity towards the lowest turbidity values, which is an asset for identifying sediment pathways in the nearshore zone. Its transferability to areas beyond HIQ was successfully demonstrated using turbidity measurements matching satellite image recordings from Adventfjorden, Svalbard. The ANTA is a powerful tool that provides robust turbidity estimations in a variety of Arctic nearshore environments. Drivers of nearshore turbidity in the Arctic were analyzed by combining ANTA results from the summer season 2019 from HIQ with ocean and climate variables obtained from the weather station at HIQ, the ERA5 reanalysis database, and the Mackenzie River discharge. ERA5 reanalysis data were obtained as domain averages over the Canadian Beaufort Shelf. Nearshore turbidity was linearly correlated to wind speed, significant wave height and wave period. Interestingly, nearshore turbidity was only correlated to wind speed at the shelf, but not to the in-situ measurements from the weather station at HIQ. This shows that nearshore turbidity, albeit being of limited spatial extent, gets influenced by the weather conditions multiple kilometers away, rather than in its direct vicinity. The large influence of wave energy on nearshore turbidity indicates that freshly eroded material off the coast is a major contributor to the nearshore sediment load. This contrasts results from the temperate and tropical oceans, where tides and currents are the major drivers of nearshore turbidity. The Mackenzie River discharge was not identified as a driver of nearshore turbidity in 2019, however, the analysis of 30 years of Landsat archive imagery from 1986 to 2016 suggests a direct link between the prevailing wind direction, which heavily influences the Mackenzie River plume extent, and nearshore turbidity around HIQ. This discrepancy could be caused by the abnormal discharge behavior of the Mackenzie River in 2019. This dissertation has substantially advanced the understanding of suspended sediment processes in the Arctic nearshore zone and provided new monitoring tools for future studies. The presented results will help to understand the role of the Arctic nearshore zone in the carbon cycle under a changing climate.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xv, ii, 85, xvii Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2022 (kumulative Dissertation) , TABLE OF CONTENTS Abstract Zusammenfassung Allgemeinverständliche Zusammenfassung List of Figures List of Tables Funding Chapter 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific Background 1.1.1 Arctic Climate Change 1.1.2 The Arctic Nearshore Zone 1.1.3 Ocean Color Remote Sensing 1.2 Objectives 1.3 Study Area 1.4 Methods 1.4.1 Field Sampling 1.4.2 Data Processing 1.4.3 Satellite Imagery Processing 1.5 Thesis Structure 1.6 Author Contributions Chapter 2 Long-Term High-Resolution Sediment and Sea Surface Temperature Spatial Patterns in Arctic Nearshore Waters retrived using 30-year Landsat Archive Imagery 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Material and Methods 2.3.1 Regional Setting 2.3.2 Landsat Images Acquisition and Processing 2.3.3 Landsat Turbidity Retrieval 2.3.4 Transects in the nearshore zone 2.3.5 Wind Data 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Brightness Temperature 2.4.2 Surface Reflectance and Turbidity Mapping 2.4.3 Gradients in the nearshore zone 2.5 Discussion 2.6 Conclusion Appendix A Chapter 3 The Arctic Nearshore Turbidity Algorithm (ANTA) - A Multi Sensor Turbidity Algorithm for Arctic Nearshore Environments 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Regional setting 3.3.2 In-situ sampling 3.3.3 Optical data processing 3.3.4 Algorithm tuning 3.3.5 Satellite imagery processing 3.4 Results and Discussion 3.4.1 Turbidity and SPM 3.4.2 ANTA performance 3.4.3 Comparison with the Dogliotti et al., (2015) algorithm 3.4.4 Test and transfer of the ANTA 3.5 Conclusion Chapter 4 Drivers of Turbidity and its Seasonal Variability in the Nearshore Zone of Herschel Island Qikiqtaruk (western Canadian Arctic) 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Methods 4.3.1 Study Area 4.3.2 Satellite Imagery 4.3.3 In-situ data 4.3.4 Reanalysis data 4.4 Results and Discussion 4.4.1 Time Series Analysis 4.4.2 Drivers of turbidity 4.5 Conclusion Chapter 5 Synthesis 5.1 Applicability of Remote Sensing Algorithms in the Arctic Nearshore Zone 5.2 Drivers of Nearshore Turbidity 5.3 Spatial Variations of Nearshore Turbidity 5.4 Challenges and Outlook List of Acronyms Bibliography Danksagung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Call number: AWI G5-23-95172
    Description / Table of Contents: Throughout the last ~3 million years, the Earth's climate system was characterised by cycles of glacial and interglacial periods. The current warm period, the Holocene, is comparably stable and stands out from this long-term cyclicality. However, since the industrial revolution, the climate has been increasingly affected by a human-induced increase in greenhouse gas concentrations. While instrumental observations are used to describe changes over the past ~200 years, indirect observations via proxy data are the main source of information beyond this instrumental era. These data are indicators of past climatic conditions, stored in palaeoclimate archives around the Earth. The proxy signal is affected by processes independent of the prevailing climatic conditions. In particular, for sedimentary archives such as marine sediments and polar ice sheets, material may be redistributed during or after the initial deposition and subsequent formation of the archive. This leads to noise in the records challenging reliable reconstructions on local or short time scales. This dissertation characterises the initial deposition of the climatic signal and quantifies the resulting archive-internal heterogeneity and its influence on the observed proxy signal to improve the representativity and interpretation of climate reconstructions from marine sediments and ice cores. To this end, the horizontal and vertical variation in radiocarbon content of a box-core from the South China Sea is investigated. The three-dimensional resolution is used to quantify the true uncertainty in radiocarbon age estimates from planktonic foraminifera with an extensive sampling scheme, including different sample volumes and replicated measurements of batches of small and large numbers of specimen. An assessment on the variability stemming from sediment mixing by benthic organisms reveals strong internal heterogeneity. Hence, sediment mixing leads to substantial time uncertainty of proxy-based reconstructions with error terms two to five times larger than previously assumed. A second three-dimensional analysis of the upper snowpack provides insights into the heterogeneous signal deposition and imprint in snow and firn. A new study design which combines a structure-from-motion photogrammetry approach with two-dimensional isotopic data is performed at a study site in the accumulation zone of the Greenland Ice Sheet. The photogrammetry method reveals an intermittent character of snowfall, a layer-wise snow deposition with substantial contributions by wind-driven erosion and redistribution to the final spatially variable accumulation and illustrated the evolution of stratigraphic noise at the surface. The isotopic data show the preservation of stratigraphic noise within the upper firn column, leading to a spatially variable climate signal imprint and heterogeneous layer thicknesses. Additional post-depositional modifications due to snow-air exchange are also investigated, but without a conclusive quantification of the contribution to the final isotopic signature. Finally, this characterisation and quantification of the complex signal formation in marine sediments and polar ice contributes to a better understanding of the signal content in proxy data which is needed to assess the natural climate variability during the Holocene.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xx, 167 Seiten : Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 (publikationsbasierte Dissertation) , CONTENTS 1 Introduction 1.1 Introduction to climate reconstructions 1.1.1 Radiocarbon as a tracer of time 1.1.2 Environmental information stored in snow 1.2 Challenges of climate reconstructions 1.2.1 The particle flux 1.2.2 Modifications after the initial deposition 1.2.3 Sampling and measurement uncertainty 1.3 Objectives and overview of the thesis 1.4 Author contributions to the Manuscripts 2 Age-heterogeneity in marine sediments revealed by three-dimensional high-resolution radio-carbon measurements 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Methods 2.2.1 Study approach 2.2.2 Core setup and sampling 2.2.3 Estimation of the sediment accumulation rate 2.2.4 Estimation of the sediment mixing strength 2.2.5 Estimation of the net sediment displacement 2.2.6 Visual assessment of mixing 2.3 Results 2.3.1 Radiocarbon measurements 2.3.2 Sediment accumulation rate 2.3.3 Sediment mixing estimates 2.3.4 Spatial structure of sediment mixing 2.3.5 Components of age uncertainty 2.4 Discussion 2.4.1 Spatial scale of sediment heterogeneity 2.4.2 Potential implications for palaeo-reconstructions 2.4.3 Suggested 14C measurement strategy 2.5 Conclusions 2.6 Supplementary Material 2.6.1 Supplementary figures and tables 2.6.2 Supplementary table 3 Local-scale deposition of surface snow on the Greenland ice sheet 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Data and methods 3.2.1 Study site 3.2.2 SfM photogrammetry 3.2.3 Additional snow height and snowfall data 3.2.4 Estimation of surface roughness 3.3 Results 3.3.1 Relative snow heights from DEMs 3.3.2 Temporal snow height evolution 3.3.3 Day-to-day variations of snowfall 3.3.4 Changes in surface roughness 3.3.5 Implied internal structure of the snowpack 3.4 Discussion 3.4.1 Changes of surface structures 3.4.2 Implications for proxy data 3.4.3 Implications for snow accumulation 3.4.4 SfM as an efficient monitoring tool 3.5 Conclusions 3.6 Appendix 3.6.1 Additional information 3.6.2 Accuracy estimates and validation 3.6.3 Validation 3.6.4 Overall snow height evolution 3.6.5 Surface roughness 4 A snapshot on the buildup of the stable water isotopic signal in the upper snowpack at east-grip, Geenland ice sheet 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Methods and data 4.2.1 Study site 4.2.2 DEM generation 4.2.3 Isotope measurements 4.2.4 Simulation of the snowpack layering 4.2.5 Expected uncertainty 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Snow height evolution 4.3.2 Mean isotopic records 4.3.3 Combining isotopic data with snow height information 4.3.4 Observed vs. simulated composition 4.3.5 Changes in the isotope signal over time 4.4 Discussion 4.4.1 Evolution of the snow surface 4.4.2 Two-dimensional view of isotopes in snow 4.4.3 Buildup of the snowpack isotopic signal 4.5 Conclusion 5 General discussion and conclusions 5.1 Heterogeneity in sedimentary archives 5.1.1 Quantifying archive-internal heterogeneity 5.1.2 Relation between signal and heterogeneity 5.2 Methods to improve climate reconstructions 5.3 Implications for climate reconstructions 5.4 Concluding remarks Bibliography A the role of sublimation as a driver of climate signals in the water isotope content of surface snow: laboratory and field experimental results A.1 Introduction A.2 Methods A.2.1 Laboratory experimental methods A.2.2 Field experimental methods A.3 Results A.3.1 Laboratory experiments A.3.2 Field experiments A.4 Discussion A.5 Conclusions B Atmosphere-snow exchange explains surface snow isotope variability Acknowledgments Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Amsterdam : Elsevier
    Call number: M 23.95275
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xvii, 331 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9780128164860
    Language: English
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Call number: S 99.0139(372)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 372
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Gutachterausschüsse für Grundstückswerte unterliegen dem gesetzlichen Auftrag, regelmäßig flächendeckend Bodenrichtwerte für das Gebiet ihrer Zuständigkeit bereitzustellen. Die praktische Umsetzung dieses Auftrages ist jedoch oft mit erheblichen Problemen verbunden. So liegen regelmäßig – im Verhältnis zur Zahl der fortzuführenden Bodenrichtwertzonen – nur sehr wenige geeignete Vergleichskauffälle unbebauter Grundstücke vor. Zwar stehen auch verschiedene leistungsstarke alternative Verfahren der Bodenrichtwertermittlung zur Verfügung, diese sind für viele Gutachterausschüsse jedoch nicht praktisch umsetzbar. Oft fehlen die hierfür erforderlichen regionalspezifischen Daten, personellen Kapazitäten oder beides. Mit der Zielsetzung, die Gutachterausschüsse in ihrer Aufgabe der Bodenrichtwertermittlung zu unterstützen, wird im Rahmen dieser Arbeit ein Verfahren zur Schätzung von Bodenwerten aus Kaufpreisen bebauter Einfamilienhausgrundstücke entwickelt. Damit kann die Datenbasis zur Bodenrichtwertermittlung für diesen wesentlichen Teilmarkt erheblich erhöht und die Qualität der Bodenrichtwerte deutlich gesteigert werden. Da das Verfahren ohne zusätzliche Datenerhebungen auskommt und zudem in einfacher Weise programmierbar ist, steht dessen Implementierung in den automatisierten Kaufpreissammlungen der Gutachterausschüsse nichts entgegen. Nun werden im Sinn des Baugesetzbuches und der Immobilienwertermittlungsverordnung die Werte bebauten und unbebauten Bodens gleichgesetzt. Im Verständnis des Marktteilnehmers, also im ökonomischen Sinn, ist diese Wertgleichheit jedoch nicht zwangsläufig gegeben. Da es sich um Güter mit unterschiedlichen Eigenschaften handelt, mag der Marktteilnehmer durchaus zu einer differenzierten Einschätzung kommen. Diese Perspektive sollte aber gerade dann, wenn die Wirtschaftlichkeit im Vordergrund steht, berücksichtigt werden. Hierbei ist insbesondere an Fragen der Entschädigung, der Besteuerung oder auch der Bilanzierung zu denken. Es wird daher auch untersucht, welchen Wert der Marktteilnehmer den Grundstücksbestandteilen Boden und Gebäude beimisst. Dies erfolgt, aufbauend auf den Erkenntnissen aus Ökonomie und Psychologie, anhand der mathematischen Modellierung des Prozesses der Kaufpreisbildung. Somit werden in dieser Arbeit Lösungen für zwei verschiedene Aufgaben vorgelegt. Es wird zunächst ein Verfahren entwickelt, welches die Bodenwertableitung aus Kaufpreisen bebauter Einfamilienhausgrundstücke im Sinn der Immobilienwertermittlungsverordnung ermöglicht. Zum anderen wird beantwortet, welchen Anteil am Gesamtwert der genannten Grundstücksarten der Marktteilnehmer dem Boden und den aufstehenden Gebäuden beimisst. Damit wird die seit Jahrzehnten kontrovers diskutierte Repartitionsfrage gelöst.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: XXIII, 379 Seiten , Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-3-7696-5289-5 , 9783769652895
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 372
    Language: German
    Note: Dissertation, Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz Universität Hannover, 2021 , Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Problemstellung 2 Stand der Forschung: Literaturreview und Beurteilung 2.1 Die Boden- und Gebäudewertermittlung aus Kaufpreisen bebauter Grundstücke 2.1.1 Beiträge zur Bodenwertableitung oder Repartition mittels Umkehrung der Wertermittlungsverfahren 2.1.2 Beiträge zur Bodenwertableitung oder Repartition mittels konstantem Verteilungsschlüssel 2.1.3 Beiträge zur Bodenwertableitung oder Repartition mittels sachverständigem Ermessen 2.1.4 Beiträge zur Bodenwertableitung oder Repartition mittels sonstiger Ansätze 2.1.5 Beiträge zur Bodenwertableitung oder Repartition ohne Benennung eines spezifischen Ansatzes 2.2 Bodenwertermittlung über den direkten und indirekten Preisvergleich 2.2.1 Verfahren des direkten Preisvergleichs 2.2.2 Verfahren des indirekten Preisvergleichs 2.3 Zusammenfassung und Beurteilung der Verfahren zur Bodenwertermittlung und Repartition 3 Zielstellung und Methodik 3.1 Forschungslücke und Forschungsbeitrag 3.2 Eingrenzung der Untersuchung 3.3 Methodik 4 Die Bodenwertableitung aus Kaufpreisen bebauter Grundstücke (Ziel 1) 4.1 Definition wesentlicher Begriffe 4.1.1 Der Marktteilnehmer 4.1.2 Preis und Wert 4.1.3 Die Trennung von Boden und Gebäude 4.2 Prozess der Kaufentscheidung 4.3 Verhalten des Marktteilnehmers 4.4 Dem Marktteilnehmer zugängliche Marktdaten 4.5 Mathematischer Ansatz 4.6 Erläuterungen zu den Merkmalen 4.7 Die kausale Unabhängigkeit von Gebäude- und Bodenwertanteil 4.8 Regressionsanalyse – Verfahrenswahl 4.9 Die Regressionsanalyse mit partieller Modellauflösung unter Anwendung des Normierungsprinzips gemäß Mann (2004) 4.9.1 Das Verfahren im Überblick 4.9.2 Schritt 1: Teilmarktdefinition 4.9.3 Schritt 2: Klassierung der Merkmalsausprägungen 4.9.4 Schritt 3: Regressionsanalyse 4.9.5 Schritt 4: Partielle Zerlegung und Normierung 4.10 Bodenrichtwerte aus Kaufpreisen bebauter Grundstücke 5 Fallstudien, Parameterschätzung und Validierung 5.1 Innere und äußere Genauigkeit 5.2 Datenbasis – Wahl der Testregionen und des Untersuchungszeitraums 5.3 Parameterschätzung – Empirische Untersuchung anhand ausgewählter Fallstudien 5.3.1 Einführende Hinweise 5.3.2 Dresden, Doppelhaushälften 5.3.3 Dresden, Freistehende Einfamilienhäuser 5.3.4 Düsseldorf, Doppelhaushälften 5.3.5 Düsseldorf, Freistehende Einfamilienhäuser 5.3.6 Frankfurt a. M., Doppelhaushälften 5.3.7 Frankfurt a. M., Freistehende Einfamilienhäuser 5.3.8 Freiburg i. Br., Doppelhaushälften 5.3.9 Freiburg i. Br., Freistehende Einfamilienhäuser 5.3.10 Hannover, Doppelhaushälften 5.3.11 Hannover, Freistehende Einfamilienhäuser 5.3.12 Stuttgart, Doppelhaushälften 5.3.13 Stuttgart, Freistehende Einfamilienhäuser 5.4 Innere Genauigkeit 5.4.1 Diskussion der Ergebnisse 5.4.2 Eine Besonderheit in Hannover? 5.5 Die multiple lineare Regression im Vergleich 5.5.1 Lösung des Modells mithilfe der Methode der klassischen multiplen linearen Regression 5.5.2 Überführung des Regressionsmodells in eine einfache lineare Form 5.5.3 Vergleich der Ergebnisse 5.5.4 Die Frage der Objektivierung 5.5.5 Zur Bestätigung der Verfahrenswahl 5.6 Äußere Genauigkeit – Validierung des Verfahrens 5.7 Anwendungsbeispiel 6 Die überregionale Vergleichbarkeit des Preisbildungsmechanismus 6.1 Die Korrekturfunktionen fk(BW ), gk(FL) und uk(GSW ) 6.2 Der Normpreis N 6.3 Fazit 7 Die Repartition von Kaufpreisen bebauter Grundstücke (Ziel 2) 7.1 Entwicklung eines Ansatzes zur Repartition 7.2 Bedeutung und Interpretation der korrigierten Konstanten β0 korr 7.3 Plausibilisierung der Interpretation der korrigierten Konstanten β0 korr durch Expertenbefragung 7.4 Diskussion und Schlussfolgerungen aus dem Repartitionsansatz 7.5 Modellgröße und Marktgröße vs. Markttransparenz 8 Schlussbetrachtung 8.1 Methodenkritik 8.2 Zusammenfassung und Ausblick Quellenverzeichnis Literatur Interviews Anhang: Plots und Berechnungsprotokolle , Sprache der Kurzfassungen: Englisch, Deutsch
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hannover : Leibniz Universität Hannover
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 99.0139(382)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 382
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: vi, 156 Seiten , Diagramme
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 382
    Language: German
    Note: Dissertation, Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz Universität Hannover, 2022 , Inhaltsverzeichnis Abbildungsverzeichnis Abkürzungsverzeichnis 1. Einführung 1.1. Ausgangssituation für die Arbeit 1.2. Stand der Wissenschaft und Forschung 1.3. Methodik der Arbeit 2. Rahmenbedingungen des Immobilienmarktes 2.1. Allgemeines 2.2. Aktuelle und zukünftige Entwicklungstendenzen 2.3. Die wachsende Bedeutung künftiger Entwicklungen 3. Theoretische Ausgangsbasis 3.1. Zur Entwicklung des Verkehrswertbegriffs 3.2. Künftige Entwicklungen - von der WertV zur ImmoWertV 2021 3.3. Normierte und nicht normierte Wertermittlungsverfahren 3.4. Die allgemeinen Wertverhältnisse 3.5. Die wertbeeinflussenden Grundstücksmerkmale 3.5.1. Allgemeines 3.5.2. Rechtliche Gegebenheiten 3.5.2.1. Allgemeines 3.5.2.2. Öffentliches Bau- und Planungsrecht 3.5.2.3. Bauordnungsrecht 3.5.2.4. Bestandsschutz 3.5.2.5. Weitere rechtliche Gegebenheiten des öffentlichen Rechts 3.5.2.6. Rechtliche Gegebenheiten des Zivilrechts 3.5.3. Die Beschaffenheit und tatsächliche Eigenschaften 3.5.4. Die Lagemerkmale 3.6. Spezifische Grundstückszustände und -merkmale 3.6.1. Allgemeines 3.6.2. Absehbare Nutzungsänderungen 3.6.3. Flächen mit Vornutzungsbelastungen und künftiger Neunutzung 3.6.4. Flächen mit städtebaulichen Missständen und erheblichenFunktionsverlusten 3.6.5. Weitere spezifische Grundstückszustände und -merkmale 3.6.5.1. Künftige Änderungen des baulichen Zustandes 3.6.5.2. Nicht ausgeschöpfte Nutzungspotentiale 3.6.5.3. Zwischennutzungen 3.6.5.4. Geplanter Ausbau der Infrastruktur 3.6.5.5. Geplante Ansiedlungen oder deren künftiger Wegfall 3.7. Internationale Wertermittlungsverfahren 3.8 Bilanzierung von Immobilien 3.9. Kreditwirtschaftliche Wertermittlung 3.10. Fazit 4. Empirische Untersuchungen zur Bedeutung künftiger Entwicklungen 4.1. Übersicht 4.2. Expertenbefragung 4.3. Auswertung von Wertgutachten 4.4. Auswertung von Grundstücksmarktberichten 4.5. Auswertung von anderenDatenquellen 4.6. Fazit 5. Systematisierung von künftigen Entwicklungen 5.1. Übersicht 5.2. Systematisierung 5.3. Fazit 6. Allgemeine Instrumente zur Berücksichtigung künftiger Entwicklungen 6.1. Übersicht 6.2. Prognosen 6.2.1. Allgemeines 6.2.2. Prognoseermächtigung und -begrenzung in der ImmoWertV 6.2.3. Prognosehorizont 6.3. Risikobewertung 6.4. Szenarien, Entwicklungskorridore undMarktanalysen 6.5. SWOT-Analysen 6.6. Fazit 7. Beispiele zum Einfluss künftiger Entwicklungen 7.1. Übersicht 7.2. Fallbeispiel: Allgemeine Wertverhältnisse - Pandemie 7.2.1. Allgemeines 7.2.2. Auswirkungen auf die Stadtentwicklungsprozesse 7.2.3. Auswirkungen auf einzelne Teilmärkte 7.2.3.1. Einzelhandel 7.2.3.2. Büro-, Gewerbe- und Industrieimmobilien 7.2.3.3. Hotels, Gaststätten und Freizeitimmobilien 7.2.3.4. Logistik-, Hafen- und Messeimmobilien 7.2.3.5. Wohnungsimmobilien 7.2.4. Fazit 7.3. Fallbeispiel: Entwicklung der Standortqualität - demografische Entwicklung 7.3.1. Allgemeines 7.3.2. Berücksichtigung von demografischen Entwicklungen am Beispiel von rückläufigen Einwohnerzahlen 7.3.3. Fazit 7.4. Fallbeispiel: Entwicklung der Standortqualität - wirtschaftliche Entwicklungen 7.4.1. Allgemeines 7.4.2. Berücksichtigung von wirtschaftlichen Entwicklungen 7.4.3. Fazit 7.5. Fallbeispiel: Entwicklungen der Standortqualität - städtebauliche Entwicklungen - Brachflächen 7.5.1. Allgemeines 7.5.2. Berücksichtigung von künftigen Entwicklungen bei zu erwartenden Brachflächen 7.5.3. Berücksichtigung von künftigen Entwicklungen bei entstandenen Brachflächen 7.5.4. Wahl der Wertermittlungsmethode bei entstandenen Brachflächen 7.5.4.1. Allgemeines 7.5.4.2. Das Residualwertverfahren 7.5.4.3. Das Liquidationswertverfahren 7.5.5. Fazit 7.6. Fallbeispiel: Planungsbezogene Entwicklungen - Informelle städtebauliche Planungen 7.6.1 Allgemeines 7.6.2. Arten von informellen städtebaulichen Planungen 7.6.3. Allgemeine Wirkung von informellen Planungen und ihreWertrelevanz 7.6.4. Bedeutung von informellen Planungen für die Wertermittlungan Beispielen 7.6.4.1. Einzelhandelskonzepte 7.6.4.2. Vergnügungsstättenkonzepte 7.6.4.3. Innenbereichsstärkungskonzepte 7.6.4.4. Stadtumbaukonzepte 7.6.5. Bedeutung von städtebaulichen Verträgen für die Wertermittlung 7.6.6. Fazit 8. Weitere Wertermittlungsaspekte zur Berücksichtigung künftiger Entwicklungen 8.1. Allgemeines 8.2. Erfordernis derhinreichenden Sicherheit aufgrundkonkreter Tatsachen 8.3. Wartezeit 8.4. Besonderheiten beider retrogradenVerkehrswertermittlung 8.5. Fazit 9. Zusammenfassende Darstellung und Ausblick 9.1. Zusammenfassung 9.2. Mögliche Weiterentwicklung desWertermittlungsrechtes und Forschungsbedarf Literaturverzeichnis , Sprache der Kurzfassungen: Englisch, Deutsch
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Call number: S 99.0139(389)
    In: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover, Nr. 389
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: xvii, 137 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-3-7696-5319-9 , 9783769653199
    ISSN: 0174-1454
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Fachrichtung Geodäsie und Geoinformatik der Leibniz Universität Hannover Nr. 389
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz Universität Hannover, 2023 , Contents List of Abbreviations xv 1 Introduction 1.1 Research Objectives 1.2 Outline and Structure of Thesis 2 Theoretical Background 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Glance at Landslide Hazards 2.2.1 Overview 2.2.2 Landslide Types 2.2.2.1 Type of Movement 2.2.2.2 Material Classification 2.2.2.3 Landslide Depth 2.2.3 Landslide Distribution 2.2.4 Landslide Implications and Measurements 2.2.5 Slow-moving Landslide 2.3 Landslide Remote Sensing 2.3.1 Overview 2.3.2 Airborne Remote Sensing 2.3.3 Spaceborne Remote Sensing 2.4 Spaceborne Optical Imagery 2.4.1 Overview 2.4.2 Pixel Offset Tracking (POT) 2.5 Spaceborne Radar Imagery 2.5.1 Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR) Basic 2.5.1.1 SAR Geometry 2.5.1.2 SAR Acquisition Mode 2.5.1.3 SAR Distortion 2.5.1.4 SAR Mission 2.5.2 Interferometric SAR (InSAR) 2.5.2.1 Workflow of InSAR Processing 2.5.2.2 Coherence and Decorrelation 2.5.2.3 Topographic and Orbital Errors 2.5.2.4 Atmospheric Artifacts 2.5.2.5 Sensitivity of Line-of-sight (LOS) to Slope Motion 2.5.3 Advanced Multi-temporal InSAR (MT-InSAR) 2.5.3.1 Scattering Mechanism 2.5.3.2 Interferogram Stacking 2.5.3.3 Persistent Scatterer Interferometry (PSI) 2.5.3.4 Small Baseline Subsets (SBAS) 2.5.4 Corner Reflector InSAR (CR-InSAR) 2.5.4.1 Overview 2.5.4.2 Conventional Designs 2.5.4.3 Our Experimental Designs 2.5.4.4 CR-InSAR Processing 3 Methodological Contribution 3.1 Challenges in Landslide Monitoring Using Spaceborne Remote Sensing 3.2 Proposed Methodology 3.2.1 Analytically-based Modeling for Inverse Velocity 3.2.2 Identification of Small-scale CR-like Objectives 3.2.3 Modeling 4D Slope Instability Dynamics 4 Pre- and Co-failure: Slope Instability Monitoring Using Spaceborne Remote Sensing 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Environmental and Geomorphological Settings 4.4 Data and Methodology 4.4.1 Remote Sensing Optical Images 4.4.2 MT-InSAR Analysis Using Sentinel-1 SAR Data 4.4.3 Auxiliary Data 4.4.4 Inverse-velocity Theory for Anticipating the Time of Failure 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Horizontal Displacement Based on High-resolution Optical Images 4.5.2 MT-InSAR Analysis 4.5.3 Influence of Precipitation on the Kinematics of the Landslide 4.5.4 INV Results for Anticipating the Time of Failure 4.5.5 Comparison of NDVI and Coherence Values 4.6 Discussion 4.7 Conclusion 4.8 Acknowledgements 4.9 Supplementary Materials 4.9.1 Comparison of River Courses 4.9.2 Detailed Parameters of Exploited SAR Data 4.9.3 Comparison of Baseline Graphs 5 Post-failure: Slope Instability Monitoring Using Artificial Corner Reflectors 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Experiments and Methodology 5.3.1 Experimental Design 5.3.2 Selection Strategy for CRs 5.3.3 Radar Cross-section (RCS) 5.3.4 Signal-to-clutter Ratio (SCR) 5.3.5 CR-InSAR Processing 5.4 Results and Discussion 5.5 Conclusion 5.6 Acknowledgments 5.7 Supplementary Materials 5.7.1 Calculation of SCR 5.7.2 Selection Strategy 5.7.3 Radar Intensity Map 5.7.4 Site Photo of Interference Reflector 6 Post-failure: Characterizing 4D Slope Instability Dynamics 6.1 Abstract 6.2 Introduction 6.3 Geographical Setting of the Study Area 6.4 Methodology 6.4.1 Optical Images Processing 6.4.2 Multi-temporal InSAR Processing 6.4.3 Spatiotemporal Independent Component Analysis (ICA) of Displacement 6.4.4 Multi-sensor Integration Modeling 6.5 Results 6.5.1 Horizontal Deformation Based on Planet Images 6.5.2 MT-InSAR Results 6.5.3 Feature Extraction Using ICA 6.5.4 4D Deformation Modeling 6.6 Discussion 6.6.1 Early Post-failure Deformation from Planet 6.6.2 Post-failure Kinematics from MT-InSAR 6.6.3 ICA-based Spatiotemporal Features of Deformation 6.6.4 Resolving 4D Post-failure Kinematics 6.7 Conclusion 6.8 Acknowledgments 7 Summary and Future Perspectives 7.1 Summary 7.2 Future Perspectives List of Figures List of Tables Bibliography , Sprache der Kurzfassungen: Englisch, Deutsch
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Call number: S 91.1179(74)
    In: Abhandlungen der Geologischen Bundesanstalt Wien
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 111 Seiten , Illustrationen , 30 cm
    ISBN: 9783903252073
    Series Statement: Abhandlungen der Geologischen Bundesanstalt Band 74 (2020)
    Language: English
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Call number: S 91.1179(77)
    In: Abhandlungen
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 192 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783903252158
    Series Statement: Abhandlungen / GeoSphere Austria 77 (2023)
    Language: German , English
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Call number: S 93.1022(37)
    In: Mainzer naturwissenschaftliches Archiv, 37
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 211 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISSN: 0174-6626
    Series Statement: Mainzer naturwissenschaftliches Archiv : Beiheft 37
    Language: German
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: AWI Bio-24-95736
    Description / Table of Contents: Moss-microbe associations are often characterised by syntrophic interactions between the microorganisms and their hosts, but the structure of the microbial consortia and their role in peatland development remain unknown. In order to study microbial communities of dominant peatland mosses, Sphagnum and brown mosses, and the respective environmental drivers, four study sites representing different successional stages of natural northern peatlands were chosen on a large geographical scale: two brown moss-dominated, circumneutral peatlands from the Arctic and two Sphagnum-dominated, acidic peat bogs from subarctic and temperate zones. The family Acetobacteraceae represented the dominant bacterial taxon of Sphagnum mosses from various geographical origins and displayed an integral part of the moss core community. This core community was shared among all investigated bryophytes and consisted of few but highly abundant prokaryotes, of which many appear as endophytes of Sphagnum mosses. Moreover, brown mosses and Sphagnum mosses represent habitats for archaea which were not studied in association with peatland mosses so far. Euryarchaeota that are capable of methane production (methanogens) displayed the majority of the moss-associated archaeal communities. Moss-associated methanogenesis was detected for the first time, but it was mostly negligible under laboratory conditions. Contrarily, substantial moss-associated methane oxidation was measured on both, brown mosses and Sphagnum mosses, supporting that methanotrophic bacteria as part of the moss microbiome may contribute to the reduction of methane emissions from pristine and rewetted peatlands of the northern hemisphere. Among the investigated abiotic and biotic environmental parameters, the peatland type and the host moss taxon were identified to have a major impact on the structure of moss-associated bacterial communities, contrarily to archaeal communities whose structures were similar among the investigated bryophytes. For the first time it was shown that different bog development stages harbour distinct bacterial communities, while at the same time a small core community is shared among all investigated bryophytes independent of geography and peatland type. The present thesis displays the first large-scale, systematic assessment of bacterial and archaeal communities associated both with brown mosses and Sphagnum mosses. It suggests that some host-specific moss taxa have the potential to play a key role in host moss establishment and peatland development.
    Description / Table of Contents: Während die Beziehungen zwischen Moosen und den mit ihnen assoziierten Mikroorganismen oft durch syntrophische Wechselwirkungen charakterisiert sind, ist die Struktur der Moos-assoziierten mikrobiellen Gemeinschaften sowie deren Rolle bei der Entstehung von Mooren weitgehend unbekannt. Die vorliegende Arbeit befasst sich mit mikrobiellen Gemeinschaften, die mit Moosen nördlicher, naturnaher Moore assoziiert sind, sowie mit den Umweltfaktoren, die sie beeinflussen. Entlang eines groß angelegten geographischen Gradienten, der von der Hocharktis bis zur gemäßigten Klimazone reicht, wurden vier naturbelassene Moore als Probenstandorte ausgesucht, die stellvertretend für verschiedene Stadien der Moorentwicklung stehen: zwei Braunmoos-dominierte Niedermoore mit nahezu neutralem pH-Wert sowie zwei Sphagnum-dominierte Torfmoore mit saurem pH-Wert. Die Ergebnisse der vorliegenden Arbeit machen deutlich, dass die zu den Bakterien zählenden Acetobacteraceae das vorherrschende mikrobielle Taxon der Sphagnum-Moose gleich welchen geographischen Ursprungs darstellen und insbesondere innerhalb des Wirtsmoosgewebes dominieren. Gleichzeitig gehörten die Acetobacteraceae zum wesentlichen Bestandteil der mikrobiellen Kerngemeinschaft aller untersuchten Moose, die sich aus einigen wenigen Arten, dafür zahlreich vorkommenden Prokaryoten zusammensetzt. Die vorliegende Arbeit zeigt zudem erstmals, dass sowohl Braunmoose als auch Torfmoose ein Habitat für Archaeen darstellen. Die Mehrheit der Moos-assoziierten Archaeen gehörte dabei zu den methanbildenden Gruppen, wenngleich die metabolischen Aktivitätsraten unter Laborbedingungen meistens kaum messbar waren. Im Gegensatz hierzu konnte die Bakterien-vermittelte Methanoxidation sowohl an Braunmoosen als auch an Sphagnum-Moosen gemessen werden. Dies zeigt eindrucksvoll, dass Moos-assoziierte Bakterien potenziell zur Minderung von Methanemissionen aus nördlichen, aber auch wiedervernässten Mooren beitragen können. Ein weiteres wichtiges Resultat der vorliegenden Arbeit ist die Bedeutung des Moortyps (Niedermoor oder Torfmoor), aber auch der Wirtsmoosart selbst für die Struktur der Moos-assoziierten Bakteriengemeinschaften, während die archaeellen Gemeinschaftsstrukturen weder vom Moortyp noch von der Wirtsmoosart beeinflusst wurden und sich insgesamt deutlich ähnlicher waren als die der Bakterien. Darüber hinaus konnte erstmalig gezeigt werden, dass sich die bakteriellen Gemeinschaften innerhalb der unterschiedlichen Moorsukzessionsstadien zwar ganz erheblich voneinander unterscheiden, ein kleiner Teil der Bakterien dennoch Kerngemeinschaften bilden, die mit allen untersuchten Moosarten assoziiert waren. Bei der hier präsentierten Arbeit handelt es sich um die erste systematische Studie, die sich auf einer großen geographischen Skala mit den bakteriellen und archaeellen Gemeinschaften von Braunmoosen und Torfmoosen aus naturbelassenen nördlichen Mooren befasst. Die vorliegenden Ergebnisse machen deutlich, dass die untersuchten Moose ein ganz spezifisches mikrobielles Konsortium beherbergen, welches mutmaßlich eine Schlüsselrolle bei der Etablierung der Wirtspflanzen am Anfang der Moorentwicklung spielt und darüber hinaus das Potential hat, die charakteristischen Eigenschaften von Mooren sowie deren weitere Entwicklung zu prägen.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XX, 139, liv Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2024 , Content Preface Acknowledgements Summary Zusammenfassung Abbreviations 1. Introduction 1.1. Peatlands 1.1.1. Peatland development and peat bog succession 1.1.2. Characteristic peatlands of the northern hemisphere 1.1.3. Anthropogenic threats of northern peatlands 1.1.4. Peat bog restoration 1.2. Peatland bryophytes 1.2.1. Brown mosses 1.2.2. Sphagnum mosses 1.3. Moss microbiota 1.3.1. Moss-associated bacteria 1.3.2. Moss-associated archaea 1.3.3. Endophytic prokaryotic communities 1.4. Biotic and abiotic influences on moss-associated microorganisms 1.5. Objectives 1.6. Study sites 1.6.1. High Arctic peatlands of Svalbard (SV) 1.6.2. Polygonal Tundra of Samoylov (SA) 1.6.3. Palsa Bogs of Neiden (NEI) 1.6.4. Kettle Bog Peatlands of Mueritz National Park (MUE) 2. Material and Methods 2.1. Sampling scheme overview 2.2. Sampling of pore water 2.3. Sampling of moss plantlets 2.4. Analysis of pore water chemistry 2.5. Cell wall analysis 2.5.1. Cation exchange capacity (CEC) 2.5.2. Holocellulose (HC) 2.5.3. Lignin and Lignin-like polymers (LLP) 2.5.4. Bulk moss litter analysis 2.6. Moss surface sterilisation and separation of putative epiphytic and endophytic microbial communities 2.7. DNA extraction and sequencing 2.8. Sequence analyses and bioinformatics 2.9. Statistical analyses 2.10. Potential methane production and oxidation assays 2.10.1. Surface sterilisation prior to activity tests 2.10.2. Methane production 2.10.3. Methane oxidation 3. Results 3.1. Peatland bulk and pore water characteristics 3.2. Diversity and structure of natural peatland microbial communities 3.3. Environmental drivers of moss-associated microbial communities 3.4. Microbial taxa associated with brown mosses and Sphagnum mosses 3.4.1. Moss-associated bacteria 3.4.2. Moss-associated archaea 3.4.3. Bacterial and archaeal core communities 3.4.4. Acetobacteraceae as dominant taxon of the bacterial core community 3.5. Sphagnum bacteriomes of disturbed, rewetted and pristine temperate kettle bog 3.6. Potential moss-associated methane production and methane oxidation rates 3.6.1. Moss-associated methane production 3.6.2. Moss-associated methane oxidation 4. Discussion 4.1. Environmental influences on moss-associated bacterial communities 4.2. Moss-associated archaeal communities and their environmental drivers 4.3. Distinct patterns of endophytic bacteria 4.4. The core microbiota and their possible role for peatland succession 4.5. The potential role of Acetobacteraceae for Sphagnum host mosses and bog ecosystems 4.6. Moss-associated microbial communities of the methane cycle and their potential metabolic activity 4.7. Diversity and structure of Sphagnum bacteriomes from pristine, disturbed and rewetted kettle bogs 5. Conclusion 6. Critical remarks and outlook 6.1. Critical remarks 6.2. Outlook Bibliography Supplementary
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Call number: AWI E2-20-93574
    In: Geo : die Welt mit anderen Augen sehen, 03/2020
    Type of Medium: Journal available for loan
    Pages: Seite 26-48 , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0342-8311
    Series Statement: Geo : die Welt mit anderen Augen sehen 03/2020
    Language: German
    Note: TITELTHEMA: Gefangen im Eis Seit Herbst 2019 führt das Forschungsschiff „Polarstern“ die größte Arktisexpedition aller Zeiten an. Hunderte Wissenschaftler erforschen die Umwelt in der Nordpolregion – unter härtesten Bedingungen. Von Marlene Göring und Esther Horvath NEUSEELAND Ein Land auf Rattenjagd Invasive Arten machen der Vogelwelt auf Neuseeland den Garaus. Jetzt rüsten Tierschützer zum Kampf: Millionen Ratten, Wiesel und Possums sollen sterben. Kann der wahnwitzige Plan gelingen? Von Anke Sparmann und David M. Smith PORTRÄT Musikalische Leckerlis Katzen mögen Mozart? Nur weil sie nichts Besseres kennen. Der Cellist David Teie komponiert Musik eigens für Katzen, Hunde und Affen – mit erstaunlichem Erfolg. Von Johannes Böhme und Jared Soares HONGKONG Die Kolonie der Kämpfer Unversöhnlich stehen sich Polizisten und Demonstranten auf Hongkongs Straßen gegenüber; immer gewalttätiger werden die Proteste. Ein GEO-Team hat unter großer Gefahr Aktivisten über Monate begleitet. FOTOGRAFIE Europa in der Nachkriegszeit Bill Perlmutter kam in den 1950er Jahren als Soldat mit dem Auftrag nach Europa, das alltägliche Leben zu dokumentieren. Sein unvoreingenommener Blick zeigt Menschen mit fröhlichem Aufbruchsgeist. ANTIMATERIE Spurensuche in der Schattenwelt In der Fantasie des Kinos treibt sie Raumschiffe an, im wahren Leben stellt sie Physiker vor ein Rätsel: Eigentlich gibt es viel zu wenig Antimaterie auf der Welt. Wo ist der geheimnisvolle Stoff abgeblieben? KOSMOS In Australien rettet die Feuerwehr Dinosaurier-Bäume. Tiefseekorallen vor Hawaii erholen sich verblüffend schnell. Ein Smartphone-Mikroskop soll Menschen helfen. Dazu Geschichten in Bildern aus Louisiana, der Mongolei und Mosambik GEO-TAG DER NATUR Wie vielfältig sind unsere Biotope? Beim GEO-Tag der Natur werden wieder Tausende Naturliebhaber in ganz Deutschland ausschwärmen, um Artenvielfalt zu kartieren 361° Können Krokodile weinen? Brauchen wir personalisierte Medikamente? Warum gibt es in Städten mehr Kriminalität? Antworten auf diese und weitere spannende Fragen WELTBÜRGER Fermin Pablo Cilio aus Peru
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 1
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 121 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,1
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434-2
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 2
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 218 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,2
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Call number: 21/M 20.94120 ; AWI S6-24-91420
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Call number: AWI A6-21-94541
    Description / Table of Contents: Stratospheric variability is one of the main potential sources for sub-seasonal to seasonal predictability in mid-latitudes in winter. Stratospheric pathways play an important role for long-range teleconnections between tropical phenomena, such as the quasi-biennial oscillation (QBO) and El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO), and the mid-latitudes on the one hand, and linkages between Arctic climate change and the mid-latitudes on the other hand. In order to move forward in the field of extratropical seasonal predictions, it is essential that an atmospheric model is able to realistically simulate the stratospheric circulation and variability. The numerical weather prediction (NWP) configuration of the ICOsahedral Non-hydrostatic atmosphere model ICON is currently being used by the German Meteorological Service for the regular weather forecast, and is intended to produce seasonal predictions in future. This thesis represents the first extensive evaluation of Northern Hemisphere stratospheric winter circulation in ICON-NWP by analysing a ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: viii, 119 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , Contents1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation: Seasonal prediction 1.2 The new atmosphere model ICON 1.3 Research questions 2 Theoretical background 2.1 Fundamentals of atmospheric circulation 2.1.1 Primitive equations 2.1.2 The global energy budget 2.1.3 Baroclinic instability 2.1.4 Vertical structure of the atmosphere 2.2 Stratospheric dynamics 2.2.1 Circulation patterns 2.2.2 Atmospheric waves 2.2.3 Sudden stratospheric warmings 2.2.4 Quasi-biennial oscillation 2.3 Atmospheric Teleconnections 2.3.1 NAM, NAO and PNA 2.3.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 2.3.3 Arctic-midlatitude linkages 3 Atmospheric model and methods of analysis 3.1 Atmospheric model ICON-NWP 3.1.1 Model description 3.1.2 Experimental setup 3.2 Reanalysis data ERA-Interim 3.3 Methods of analysis 3.3.1 NAM index for stratosphere–troposphere coupling 3.3.2 Stratospheric warmings 3.3.3 ENSO index and composites 3.3.4 Bias and error estimation 3.3.5 Statistical significance 4 Results 4.1 Evaluation of seasonal experiments with ICON-NWP 4.1.1 Tropospheric circulation 4.1.2 Stratospheric circulation 4.2 Effect of gravity wave drag parameterisations 4.2.1 Stratospheric effects 4.2.2 Effects on stratosphere-troposphere coupling 4.2.3 Tropospheric effects 4.3 Low latitudinal influence on the stratospheric polar vortex 4.3.1 Quasi-biennial oscillation 4.3.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 4.4 Arctic-midlatitude linkages 4.4.1 Tropospheric processes 4.4.2 Stratospheric pathway 4.4.3 Sea ice sensitivity experiment 5 Discussion and outlook Bibliography Appendix
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Call number: AWI Bio-21-94540
    Description / Table of Contents: This thesis investigates how the permafrost microbiota responds to global warming. In detail, the constraints behind methane production in thawing permafrost were linked to methanogenic activity, abundance and composition. Furthermore, this thesis offers new insights into microbial adaptions to the changing environmental conditions during global warming. This was assesed by investigating the potential ecological relevant functions encoded by plasmid DNA within the permafrost microbiota. Permafrost of both interglacial and glacial origin spanning the Holocene to the late Pleistocene, including Eemian, were studied during long-term thaw incubations. Furthermore, several permafrost cores of different stratigraphy, soil type and vegetation cover were used to target the main constraints behind methane production during short-term thaw simulations. Short- and long-term incubations simulating thaw with and without the addition of substrate were combined with activity measurements, amplicon and metagenomic sequencing of permanently frozen and seasonally thawed active layer. Combined, it allowed to address the following questions. i) What constraints methane production when permafrost thaws and how is this linked to methanogenic activity, abundance and composition? ii) How does the methanogenic community composition change during long-term thawing conditions? iii) Which potential ecological relevant functions are encoded by plasmid DNA in active layer soils? The major outcomes of this thesis are as follows. i) Methane production from permafrost after long-term thaw simulation was found to be constrained mainly by the abundance of methanogens and the archaeal community composition. Deposits formed during periods of warmer temperatures and increased precipitation, (here represented by deposits from the Late Pleistocene of both interstadial and interglacial periods) were found to respond strongest to thawing conditions and to contain an archaeal community dominated by methanogenic archaea (40% and 100% of all detected archaea). Methanogenic population size and carbon density were identified as main predictors for potential methane production in thawing permafrost in short-term incubations when substrate was sufficiently available. ii) Besides determining the methanogenic activity after long-term thaw, the paleoenvironmental conditions were also found to influence the response of the methanogenic community composition. Substantial shifts within methanogenic community structure and a drop in diversity were observed in deposits formed during warmer periods, but not in deposits from stadials, when colder and drier conditions occurred. Overall, a shift towards a dominance of hydrogenotrophic methanogens was observed in all samples, except for the oldest interglacial deposits from the Eemian, which displayed a potential dominance of acetoclastic methanogens. The Eemian, which is discussed to serve as an analogue to current climate conditions, contained highly active methanogenic communities. However, all potential limitation of methane production after permafrost thaw, it means methanogenic community structure, methanogenic population size, and substrate pool might be overcome after permafrost had thawed on the long-term. iii) Enrichments with soil from the seasonally thawed active layer revealed that its plasmid DNA (‘metaplasmidome’) carries stress-response genes. In particular it encoded antibiotic resistance genes, heavy metal resistance genes, cold shock proteins and genes encoding UV-protection. Those are functions that are directly involved in the adaptation of microbial communities to stresses in polar environments. It was further found that metaplasmidomes from the Siberian active layer originate mainly from Gammaproteobacteria. By applying enrichment cultures followed by plasmid DNA extraction it was possible to obtain a higher average contigs length and significantly higher recovery of plasmid sequences than from extracting plasmid sequences from metagenomes. The approach of analyzing ‘metaplasmidomes’ established in this thesis is therefore suitable for studying the ecological role of plasmids in polar environments in general. This thesis emphasizes that including microbial community dynamics have the potential to improve permafrost-carbon projections. Microbially mediated methane release from permafrost environments may significantly impact future climate change. This thesis identified drivers of methanogenic composition, abundance and activity in thawing permafrost landscapes. Finally, this thesis underlines the importance to study how the current warming Arctic affects microbial communities in order to gain more insight into microbial response and adaptation strategies.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: VI, 243 Seiten , Diagramme, Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , Contents Preface Acknowledgements Contents Summary Zusammenfassung List of abbreviations Chapter 1. Introduction 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Carbon storage in Arctic permafrost environments and the permafrost carbon feedback (PCF) 1.3 Methane cycling microorganisms 1.4 The microbial ecology of permafrost 1.5 Plasmids and their potential role in stress tolerance 1.6 Objectives Chapter 2. Study sites 2.1 Regional settings 2.2 Kurungnakh and Samoylov Island 2.3 Bol'shoy Lyakhovsky Island 2.4 Herschel Island Chapter 3. Manuscripts 3.1 Overview of manuscripts, including contribution of co-authors. 3.2 Manuscript I Methanogenic response to long-term permafrost thaw is determined by paleoenvironment 3.3 Manuscript II Methane production in thawing permafrost is constrained by methanogenic population size and carbon density 3.4 Manuscript III Metaplasmidome-encoded functional potential of permafrost active layer soils Chapter 4. Synthesis 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Constraints behind methane production from thawing permafrost 4.3 The methanogenic community response to long-term permafrost thaw 4.4 The adaptive potential of the permafrost micro biota to cope with stress factors during global warming 4.5 Conclusion Chapter 5. Future research directions and perspectives Chapter 6. References Chapter 7. Appendix 7.1 Supporting information for manuscript I 7.2 Supporting information for manuscript II 7.3 Supporting information for manuscript III 7.4 ESR collaboration, manuscript IV
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94415
    Description / Table of Contents: Noch nie haben Forschende das Meereis der Arktis so umfassend untersuchen können, wie auf der internationalen MOSAiC-Expedition des Forschungseisbrechers Polarstern. Ein Jahr lang ist das Schiff mit dem Eis durch die zentrale Arktis getrieben; ein Jahr lang haben die Männer und Frauen das Eis mithilfe modernster Technik unter die Lupe genommen. Welche Herausforderungen es dabei zu meistern galt und was sie herausgefunden haben im polaren Hotspot des Klimawandels, erzählen sie in zehn DriftStories, die dieser Band vereint. Faszinierende Arktisforschung zum Anfassen – präsentiert von meereisportal.de.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 106 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-9822680-0-2
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Ausgangspunkt einer Jahrhundertreise Ermittlungen auf viel zu dünnem Eis Für einen schärferen Blick aus dem All Beben und Barrikaden Glitzernde Wolken unter dem Eis Ein heißer Streifen Eis Schnee, die unbekannte Größe Das Omen des ersten Schneeballs Die vielen Gesichter der Kälte Algen in der Arktis: Nichts scheint unmöglich Wiedersehen am Ausgangstor der Arktis Technik-Container Impressum/Bildnachwei
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Call number: AWI G1-21-94427
    Description / Table of Contents: Nur wenn sich unser Umgang mit Land grundlegend ändert, können die Klimaschutzziele erreicht, der dramatische Verlust der biologischen Vielfalt abgewendet und das globale Ernährungssystem nachhaltig gestaltet werden. Der WBGU schlägt in diesem Gutachten fünf exemplarische Mehrgewinnstrategien vor, um Konkurrenzen zwischen Nutzungsansprüchen zu überwinden. Diese sollten durch fünf Governance-Strategien vorangetrieben werden, darunter insbesondere die Setzung geeigneter Rahmenbedingungen, eine Neuorientierung der EU-Politik und die Errichtung von Gemeinschaften gleichgesinnter Staaten. „Der jüngste Bericht des WBGU mit dem Titel ‚Landwende im Anthropozän: Von der Konkurrenz zur Integration‘ macht deutlich, dass wir einen grundlegenden Wandel im Umgang mit Land benötigen, um den Klimawandel zu begrenzen, den Verlust der biologischen Vielfalt umzukehren und nachhaltige Ernährungssysteme zu schaffen. Gesundes Land ist endlich, aber Veränderungen im Verhalten von Konsumenten und Unternehmen, kombiniert mit besserer Landnutzungsplanung und Landmanagement, können dazu beitragen, die Nachfrage nach lebenswichtigen Gütern und Dienstleistungen zu befriedigen, ohne die Landressourcen zu gefährden. Dieser Bericht zeigt, wie durch besseres Landmanagement Klimaschutz gefördert, Ökosysteme geschützt und Ernährungssysteme nachhaltig werden können.“
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXI, 389 Seiten , 82 Illustrationen , 27.5 cm x 19.5 cm, 942 g
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783946830054 , 3946830056
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Mitarbeiter*innen des Beirats Danksagung Kästen Tabellen Abbildungen Akronyme Zusammenfassung 1 Einleitung 2 Land als Schlüssel zur Nachhaltigkeit – ein systemischer Blick 2.1 Landressourcen unter Druck: Nutzungskonkurrenzen, Übernutzung, Degradation 2.1.1 Ausmaß und Trends der Degradation terrestrischer Ökosysteme 2.1.2 Treiber von Landdegradation und Folgen 2.1.3 Land Degradation Neutrality als Ziel internationaler Nachhaltigkeitspolitik 2.2 Das Trilemma der Landnutzung 2.2.1 Die Klimakrise 2.2.2 Die Krise des Ernährungssystems 2.2.3 Die Biodiversitätskrise 2.3 Zukunftsvision für einen nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land 2.3.1 Ein nachhaltiger Umgang mit Land: systemisch, synergistisch, solidarisch 2.3.2 Die Transformation zu einem nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land gestalten 3 Mehrgewinnstrategien für einen nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land 3.1 Renaturierung: Landbasierte CO2-Entfernung synergistisch gestalten 3.1.1 CO2-Senken: Ausgangssituation 3.1.1.1 CO2-Entfernung aus der Atmosphäre: Konzept und Definition 3.1.1.2 Landbasierte Ansätze zur CO2-Entfernung: Technologien, Potenziale und Begleitwirkungen 3.1.1.3 Die Rolle von Methoden der CO2-Entfernung in Klimaschutzszenarien 3.1.2 Grundsätze zur nachhaltigen CO2-Entfernung: Unsicherheiten beleuchten, Risiken begrenzen, Mehrgewinne beflügeln 3.1.3 Mehrgewinnstrategie „Renaturierung degradierter terrestrischer Ökosysteme" 3.1.3.1 Renaturierung als Strategie zur Revitalisierung von Ökosystemfunktionen 3.1.3.2 Wiederaufforstung 3.1.3.3 Renaturierung von Graslandökosystemen 3.1.3.4 Renaturierung von Mooren 3.1.3.5 Renaturierung im Fokus internationaler Nachhaltigkeitspolitik 3.1.3.6 Umsetzung von Renaturierungsmaßnahmen 3.1.3.7 Folgerungen zu Renaturierung 3.1.4 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.1.4.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für Maßnahmen zur Entfernung von CO2 3.1.4.2 Handlungsempfehlungen zur Renaturierung degradierter Ökosysteme 3.1.5 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.1.5.1 Forschungsempfehlungen: CO2-Entfernung 3.1.5.2 Forschungsempfehlungen: Renaturierung 3.2 Schutzgebietssysteme ausweiten und aufwerten 3.2.1 Ökosystemschutz: Probleme und Mehrgewinne 3.2.2 Internationale Ziele für den Ökosystemschutz 3.2.3 Die Ausweitung und Aufwertung von Schutzgebietssystemen als Mehrgewinnstrategie 3.2.3.1 Schutzgebietssysteme als Instrumente des Ökosystem- und Biodiversitätsschutzes 3.2.3.2 Mehrgewinne in Schutzgebietssystemen 3.2.3.3 Zielerreichung und künftige Ziele 3.2.3.4 Schutzgebietssysteme unter Druck: Treiber, Handlungsbedarfe, Barrieren und Akteure 3.2.3.5 Fokus indigene Völker und lokale Gemeinschaften: Hüter*innen der Ökosysteme 3.2.3.6 Fokus Landschaft: vernetzte Schutzgebietssysteme in einem integrierten Landschaftsansatz 3.2.3.7 Fokus Finanzierung von Schutzgebietssystemen 3.2.4 Folgerungen 3.2.5 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.2.6 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.3 Landwirtschaftssysteme diversifizieren 3.3.1 Heutige Landwirtschaftssysteme stoßen an die Grenzen 3.3.1.1 Industrielle Landwirtschaft: Beispiel EU 3.3.1.2 Ertragsarme Subsistenzlandwirtschaft und persistierende Ernährungsunsicherheit: Beispiel Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.1.3 Wirkung des internationalen Agrarhandels auf Resilienz gegenüber Krisen und nachhaltige Entwicklung: Die Beispiele EU und Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.2 Mehrgewinnstrategien zur Diversifizierung von Landwirtschaftssystemen 3.3.2.1 Zielbild und Grundsätze 3.3.2.2 Ökologisierung der industriellen Landwirtschaft in der EU 3.3.2.3 Landwirtschaftliche Produktivität in Subsahara-Afrika nachhaltig steigern, Klimaanpassung und Ernährungssicherung erreichen 3.3.2.4 Ausrichtung des Agrarhandels auf Resilienz und Nachhaltigkeit 3.3.2.5 Ökologisierung versus Intensivierung und die Messung der Treibhausgase: Eine Einordnung 3.3.2.6 Komponenten der Mehrgewinnstrategien 3.3.3 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.3.3.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für die Ökologisierung der industriellen Landwirtschaft der EU und die GAP nach 2020 3.3.3.2 Handlungsempfehlungen für Subsahara-Afrika und für die Entwicklungszusammenarbeit 3.3.3.3 Handlungsempfehlungen zum Handel 3.3.4 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.3.4.1 Forschungsempfehlungen zur EU 3.3.4.2 Forschungsempfehlungen zur Landnutzung in Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.4.3 Forschungsempfehlungen zum Handel. 3.4 Die Transformation der tierproduktlastigen Ernährungsstile in den Industrieländern vorantreiben 3.4.1 Problemstellung: Das globale Ernährungssystem 3.4.1.1 Definition und Entwicklung des Ernährungssystems 3.4.1.2 Auswirkungen des Ernährungssystems 3.4.1.3 Ernährungsstile 3.4.1.4 Treiber für die Missstände im Ernährungssystem 3.4.2 Transformation des Ernährungssystems durch Transformation von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.2.1 Potenziale auf Seiten der Nachfrage 3.4.2.2 Zielbild: Mehrgewinn durch die Transformation tierproduktlastiger Ernährungsstile in den Industrieländern 3.4.3 Eine Frage des Bewusstseins? Von den vielfältigen Bedingungen der Entwicklung und Veränderung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.1 Ernährungsstile und Konzerninteressen global betrachtet 3.4.3.2 Einflüsse auf die Entwicklung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.3 Nahrungsaufnahme als soziale Situation 3.4.3.4 Brüche in der Ernährungsbiografie und Wertewandel im Ernährungsstil 3.4.3.5 Kontext und Ressourcen als mögliche Ansatzpunkte für Veränderung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.6 Fazit: normative nachhaltige Orientierung in der Gemeinschaftsverpflegung als besonderer Transformationsauslöser 3.4.4 Ansatzpunkte zur Stärkung der Transformation von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.4.1 Steuerung mit Spielräumen zur Achtung von Eigenart 3.4.4.2 Transformation durch wahre Preise und nachhaltiges Angebot 3.4.4.3 Vielfältige Nuclei der Transformation 3.4.4.4 Transformationspotenzial durch Stärkung von Wissensressourcen (Siegel und Leitlinien) 3.4.4.5 Transformationsansätze in der Gemeinschaftsverpflegung: Hebung mehrfachen Transformationspotenzials 3.4.5 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.4.5.1 Nachhaltige Ernährung durch mit der Planetary Health Diet konforme Leitlinien konsequent zur Norm erheben 3.4.5.2 Den Trend zu tierproduktarmer Ernährung unterstützen und Ernährungsbiografien nachhaltig prägen 3.4.5.3 Konsument*innen darin unterstützen, nachhaltige Ernährungsstile zu praktizieren 3.4.5.4 „Gesunden Handel“ national und international fördern 3.4.6 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.4.6.1 Transformative Forschung zur Stärkung nachhaltiger Ernährungsstile 3.4.6.2 Bestehende Forschungsprogramme im Ernährungsbereich um nachhaltige Aspekte erweitern 3.5 Bioökonomie verantwortungsvoll gestalten und dabei Holzbau fördern 3.5.1 Probleme und Potenziale der verstärkten Nutzung biologischer Ressourcen 3.5.2 Zielbild und wichtige Handlungsfelder für eine nachhaltige Bioökonomie 3.5.2.1 Zielbild einer nachhaltigen Bioökonomie 3.5.2.2 Wichtige Handlungsfelder für eine nachhaltige Bioökonomie 3.5.3 Mehrgewinnstrategie Holzbau 3.5.3.1 Potenziale des Holzbaus als Ergänzung und Alternative zu konventionellen Bauweisen 3.5.3.2 Bestehende Instrumente zur Förderung des Holzbaus 3.5.4 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.5.4.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für Holzbau 3.5.4.2 Handlungsempfehlungen für Bioökonomie insgesamt 3.5.5 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.5.5.1 Forschungsempfehlungen zum Holzbau 3.5.5.2 Forschungsempfehlungen für Bioökonomie insgesamt 3.6 Zusammenspiel und Umsetzung von Mehrgewinnstrategien 3.6.1 Zusammenspiel zwischen Mehrgewinnstrategien: Beispiele 3.6.2 Umsetzung von Mehrgewinnstrategien im Kontext des integrierten Landschaftsansatzes 4 Transformative Governance für einen solidarischen Umgang mit Land 4.1 Pionier*innen des Wandels: Akteure zur Verantwortungsübernahme ermächtigen 4.1.1 Möglichkeiten und Grenzen eines nachhaltigen solidarischen Konsums 4.1.2 Pionier*innen des Wandels in wirkmächtigen Rollen 4.1.3 Empfehlungen zur Förderung von solidarischem Konsum und von Nischenakteuren in der Landwende 4.2 Gestaltender Staat: Rahmenbedingungen für den solidarischen Umgang mit Land schaffen 4.2.1 Nachhaltiges Verhalten belohnen, Umweltschäden bepreisen: Anreiz- und Preisinstrumente 4.2.2 Nachhaltigkeit einfordern: freiwillige und
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Offenbach/M : Deutscher Wetterdienst, Fachinformationsstelle und Deutsche Meteorologische Bibliothek
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-652-103
    In: Promet, Heft 103
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 115 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 30 cm
    Edition: Redaktionsschluss: 29.09.2020
    ISBN: 9783881485227
    ISSN: 0340-4552 , 2194-5950
    Series Statement: Promet Heft 103
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Beitrag Vorwort „Zu diesem Heft“ / M. SPRENGER Zyklonen als Stürme von großer sozioökonomischer Relevanz 1 Vorhersage von Zyklonen / F. PANTILLON 2 Clustering von Zyklonen / M. KARREMANN, J. PINTO Struktur und Entwicklung einzelner Zyklonen 3 Die Vermessung von Zyklonen / A. SCHÄFLER, F. EWALD, M. RAUTENHAUS 4 Zyklonen und Fronten / S. SCHEMM, M. SPRENGER 5 Zyklonen als Dauerbrenner in der Geschichte der Meteorologie / H. DAVIES 6 Die PV-Struktur außertropischer Zyklonen / M. BOETTCHER, H. WERNLI 7 Warm Conveyor Belts / H. BINDER, E. MADONNA 8 Von der tropischen zur außertropischen Zyklone / M. RIEMER, C. GRAMS, J. KELLER Zyklonen früher und in Zukunft 9 Zyklonen und Paläoklima / C. RAIBLE, P. LUDWIG, M. MESSMER 10 Zyklonen in einem sich ändernden Klima / U. ULBRICH, G. LECKEBUSCH Buchbesprechung Examina im Jahr 2019 Examina im Jahr 2018
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Call number: S 00.0063(91/2)
    In: Schriftenreihe der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Geowissenschaften
    In: Stratigraphie von Deutschland
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 1256 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783510492435
    Series Statement: Schriftenreihe der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Geowissenschaften Heft 91,2
    Language: German
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...